WO2015014014A1 - Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system - Google Patents

Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015014014A1
WO2015014014A1 PCT/CN2013/084354 CN2013084354W WO2015014014A1 WO 2015014014 A1 WO2015014014 A1 WO 2015014014A1 CN 2013084354 W CN2013084354 W CN 2013084354W WO 2015014014 A1 WO2015014014 A1 WO 2015014014A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
processing unit
processor
application
data
user interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/084354
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
丁兆刚
冯耀辉
刘东海
祝芳浩
袁刚
戴钢
陈澜波
Original Assignee
宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201310325541.7A external-priority patent/CN103390142B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310325772.8A external-priority patent/CN103400080B/en
Priority claimed from CN2013103257662A external-priority patent/CN103400085A/en
Priority claimed from CN201310326704.3A external-priority patent/CN103400081B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310325775.1A external-priority patent/CN103390136B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310325797.8A external-priority patent/CN103390137B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310326703.9A external-priority patent/CN103390138B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310325579.4A external-priority patent/CN103400084B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310326660.4A external-priority patent/CN103400086B/en
Priority claimed from CN201310325657.0A external-priority patent/CN103400088B/en
Application filed by 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 filed Critical 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司
Publication of WO2015014014A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015014014A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5061Partitioning or combining of resources

Definitions

  • Terminal data interaction method and data interaction system
  • the present invention relates to the field of data security technologies, and in particular, to a terminal, a data interaction method, and a data interaction system. Background technique
  • a number of peripherals are installed in the terminal, such as a display screen, a touch screen, a camera, a button, a communication module, a sensor module, and the like.
  • the processor can transmit data to any peripheral device under the control of any application, and can also receive any peripheral device.
  • Data when there are some applications with excessive permissions in the terminal, especially third-party applications with uncertain sources, these applications can easily control the only processor in the terminal to call any data in it. , including important, private data, and even arbitrarily uploaded to other terminals or servers.
  • the invention is based on the above problems, and proposes a new technical solution, which can make different types of data in the terminal be processed by different processors, and by the first processor to the second processor and the restricted class external
  • the data interaction between the devices is assisted, and the direct interaction between the two is restricted, and the data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restricted external device is avoided, thereby effectively improving the security of the terminal.
  • the present invention provides a terminal, including: a first processor and a second processor, respectively configured to process different types of data in the terminal; and limit external devices, only connected to the first a processor; wherein the second processor and the restricted external device implement an interaction process by using the assistance of the first processor.
  • first processor and the second processor are not used to limit the number of processors in the terminal to two, and it is obvious that more processors can be included in the terminal.
  • first and second represent the relationship between any two processors in the terminal, and are used to distinguish any two processors that are compared.
  • the terminal of the processor when the processor 1 and the processor 2 are selected for comparison, any one of the processor 1 and the processor 2 may be referred to as a "first processor” and the other as a "second processor”;
  • processor 2 and processor 3 When processor 2 and processor 3 are selected for comparison, either processor 2 and processor 3 may be referred to as a "first processor” and the other as a “second processor", and so on.
  • processors can be used to process the same type of data, and the multiple processors should be treated as one processor group, then the "first processor” and the "second processor". It is also possible to actually represent a processor group for processing the same type of data, each processor group containing one or more processors. At the same time, in order to respond to more types of data, there may obviously be more processor groups in the terminal, such as "third processor group", "fourth processor group,” and the like.
  • the first processor is configured to: perform data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device to assist in implementing the second processor and the limitation The process of interaction between external devices of a class.
  • the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
  • the first processor is further configured to: receive all data from the restricted external device, directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and Data corresponding to the type of the second processor is transmitted to the second processor; and the received data from the second processor is forwarded to the restricted external device.
  • the restriction type external device cannot perform type identification on the data
  • all data can be transmitted to the first processor, and type identification and data distribution are performed by the first processor.
  • the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, it helps to reduce the computational burden of the restricted external device and the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and private.
  • the first processor is more secure than the second processor, so that all data is sent to the first processor, so that data that should be processed by the first processor can be prevented from being sent to the first
  • the second processor is capable of physically isolating the acquisition and utilization of important, private data (or any other data processed by the first processor) by the second processor based on the second processor, thereby ensuring data security of the terminal.
  • the first processor implements connection and interaction with the restricted external device by using a first peripheral interface, and is implemented by the first forwarding interface and the second processor.
  • the first processor is further configured to: close a connection between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface by configuring, or in the first forwarding interface and the first outer
  • the DMA transmission channel is configured to be configured between the interfaces to assist in the connection and interaction between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the data transmission bus to the first processor is realized by establishing a data transmission channel directly between the second processor and the restriction type external device, or by establishing a corresponding DMA transmission channel in the first processor.
  • the call implements data interaction between the second processor and the restricted class external device. Since the first processor is configured to establish the above data transmission channel or DMA transmission channel, the first processor still implements control of the interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device, and avoids the first processor Intersect with the processing data of the second processor to avoid illegal acquisition or leakage of data.
  • the first processor is further configured to: receive all external devices from the restricted type when the second processor and the restricted external device are not in a connected state. Data, directly processing data corresponding to the type of the first processor, and transmitting data corresponding to the type of the second processor to the second processor through the first forwarding interface.
  • the first processor is not able to determine when the restricted external device sends data to the second processor, and thus, when a connection has not been established between the second processor and the restricted external device,
  • the first processor can receive all the data, and the data corresponding to the second processor is directly transmitted to the second processor, ensuring that the data between the second processor and the restricted external device can be assisted at any time. Interaction.
  • the method further includes: a shared external device connected to the first processor and the second processor; wherein, when the first processor is external to the shared class When the device interacts, the path of the second processor and the shared external device is in an off state; when the second processor interacts with the shared external device, the first processor and the first processor The path of the shared external device is in an open state.
  • the shared external device is directly connected to the first processor and the second processor, by controlling the connection and disconnection of the path, only the first processor or the second process is performed at the same time.
  • the device is connected to a shared external device to avoid data crossover, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: a line switching device, one end is connected to the shared external device, and the other end is connected to the first processor and the second processor, respectively, for implementing Holding or disconnecting a path between the first processor or the second processor and the shared external device; wherein, when the shared external device interacts with the first processor, The line switching device disconnects a path between the shared external device and the second processor, and when the shared external device interacts with the second processor, the line switching device disconnects A path between the shared class external device and the first processor.
  • the circuit switching device is configured to control the interaction process between the first processor and the second processor and the shared external device through the physical switching device, physically different types of data and the shared external device Interacting isolation to avoid the problem that data, especially important or private data, is easily acquired and leaked when interacting at the same time.
  • the line switching device is configured to: determine, according to the first switching instruction received from the control port, that the first processor needs to interact with the shared external device, according to Determining, by the second switching instruction received from the control port, that the second processor needs to interact with the shared external device; wherein:
  • the first processor When the first processor is connected to the control port, if the first processor needs to interact with the shared external device, send the first switching instruction directly to the control port, if The second processor needs to interact with the shared external device, and then send the second switching instruction to the first processor to be forwarded by the first processor to the control port;
  • the second processor When the second processor is connected to the control port, if the second processor needs to interact with the shared external device, the second switching instruction is directly sent to the control port, if the first The processor needs to interact with the shared external device, and sends the first switching instruction to the second processor to be forwarded by the second processor to the control port.
  • the control port is used to directly control the line switching action of the line switching device.
  • the first processor may be a processor in the terminal for processing important, private types of data, such that the first processor is a "secure processor" with respect to other processors within the terminal, and the first processor switches the line When the device performs control, it can complete the data transmission and ensure the data security of the terminal, and physically prevent the illegal application from controlling the line switching device through the second processor or the like, and avoid the data processed by the first processor. Obtained by an illegal application.
  • the second processor may be connected to the control port and control the switching operation of the line switching device.
  • the line switching device is further configured to: when detecting that the data to be transmitted by the shared external device is a data type corresponding to the first processor, determine The shared external device needs to interact with the first processor; and when it is detected that the data to be transmitted by the shared external device is the data type corresponding to the second processor, determining the external of the shared class The device needs to interact with the second processor.
  • the line switching device performs type identification on data that needs to be transmitted by the shared external device. Directly switch the line, so as to control the data transmission direction, ensure that the data type and the processor to be transmitted to each other correspond to each other, to avoid data being stolen due to incorrect transmission of data to the uncorresponding processor. Security issues occur.
  • the first processor is configured to: when the second processor interacts with the shared external device, connect itself to a port setting of the shared external device. And the second processor is configured to: when the first processor interacts with the shared external device, set a port that is itself connected to the shared external device to a high impedance state.
  • the port level is set by the first processor or the second processor, and the physical connection relationship with the shared external device is controlled, and physically connected to the second processor or the first processor and The interaction of the external devices of the shared class is isolated to avoid the problem that data is easily acquired and leaked due to the fact that multiple processors are in a line connection state with the shared external device at the same time.
  • the method further includes: an unrestricted external device connected only to the second processor; wherein, the first processor and the non-restricted external device pass the The second processor assists in the interaction process.
  • the interaction process between the first processor and the non-restricted external device is controlled by the second processor, and the data processed by the first processor and the second processor are also ensured to be physically isolated, thereby avoiding Data theft or leakage caused by data crossover.
  • the second processor is configured to: perform data forwarding between the first processor and the non-restricted external device to assist in implementing the first processor and The process of interaction between the non-restricted external devices.
  • the second processor directly forwards the interaction data between the first processor and the non-restricted external device. Since the second processor only implements type identification and forwarding of data, it is still possible to ensure data isolation between the first processor and the second processor.
  • the second processor is further configured to: receive all data from the non-restricted external device, directly process data corresponding to a type of the second processor, and Transmitting data corresponding to the type of the first processor to the first processor; and forwarding the received data from the first processor to the non-restricted external device.
  • the second processor is further configured to: forward all data from the non-restricted external device directly to the first processor, and receive the received source The interaction data of the first processor is forwarded to the non-restricted external device; and the first processor is further configured to: directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and correspond to the Data of the type of the second processor is returned to the second processor.
  • the first processor when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and thus all data is sent to the first processing.
  • the ability to prevent data that should otherwise be processed by the first processor from being sent to the second processor is capable of physically isolating the illegal application based on the second processor pair of important, private data (or any other by the first
  • the acquisition and utilization of the data processed by the processor ensures the data security of the terminal.
  • the second processor implements a connection and interaction with the non-restricted external device by using a second peripheral interface, and is implemented by the second forwarding interface and the first processing.
  • the second processor is further configured to: close a connection between the second forwarding interface and the second peripheral interface by configuration, or at the second forwarding interface and the second Configuring a DMA transmission channel between the peripheral interfaces to assist in implementing the first processor and The connection and interaction of the non-restricted external device.
  • data transmission to the second processor is realized by establishing a data transmission channel directly between the first processor and the non-restricted external device, or by establishing a corresponding DMA transmission channel in the second processor.
  • the bus call enables data interaction between the first processor and an unrestricted external device.
  • the second processor is further configured to: when the first processor and the non-restricted external device are not in a connected state, receive all from the unrestricted class Data of the external device directly processes data corresponding to the type of the second processor, and transmits data corresponding to the type of the first processor to the first processor through the second forwarding interface.
  • the second processor since the second processor is configured to establish a data transmission channel or a DMA transmission channel between the first processor and the non-restricted external device, the second processor is not able to determine the non-restricted external type.
  • the device sends data to the first processor, so when the connection between the first processor and the non-restricted external device is not established, the data can be received by the second processor and corresponding to the first processor The data is transmitted directly to the first processor, ensuring that data interaction between the first processor and the unrestricted external device can be assisted at any time.
  • the second processor is further configured to: when the first processor and the non-restricted external device are not in a connected state, all from the unrestricted class The data of the external device is directly forwarded to the first processor by using the second forwarding interface; the first processor is further configured to: directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and corresponding to The data of the type of the second processor is returned to the second processor through the second forwarding interface.
  • the first processor when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and thus all data is sent to the first processing.
  • the ability to prevent data that should otherwise be processed by the first processor from being sent to the second processor is capable of physically isolating the illegal application based on the second processor pair of important, private data (or any other by the first
  • the acquisition and utilization of the data processed by the processor ensures the data security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: a first memory connected to the first processor, configured to store data processed by the first processor, and in the first memory And storing a desktop initiator; the second memory is only connected to the second processor, and is configured to store data processed by the second processor; wherein, the second processor passes the first processing The device implements a call to the desktop launcher.
  • the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced.
  • the computational burden of the second processor on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor.
  • the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed.
  • the business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the external device in the terminal is configured to form a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked, where the second processor is further configured to: pass the first A processor implements interaction with the display interface.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may be involved in processing by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor and promptly responded accordingly The handling helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the second processor is further configured to: when receiving the installation instruction of the application to be installed, install the to-be-installed application to the second memory, and The first processor sends an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmits installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processor, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface.
  • the first processor is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receive the configuration information sent by the second processor, and configure the configuration information Stored to the first memory for display on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described.
  • the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor.
  • the installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
  • the first processor is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the
  • the second memory is configured to send an application start instruction to the second processor, where the second processor is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and pass the display data through the first A processor transmits to the corresponding external device for display.
  • the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: a first memory connected to the first processor, configured to store data processed by the first processor, and in the first memory Also storing a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; a second memory connected only to the second processor for storing data processed by the second processor, and in the second memory Storing a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein the first processor executes the user interface by running the first desktop launcher or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system The second processor performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
  • the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with.
  • the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes
  • the business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the first processor is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect a currently displayed user interface, and if the first user interface is If the second user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the second processor, causing the second processor to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the The first desktop launcher or the first operating system; the second processor is further configured to: close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the received interrupt instruction Taiwan; and
  • the second processor is further configured to: when the user interface needs to be interacted, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the first user interface, The first processor sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processor to shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system The first processor is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
  • the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface.
  • the interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here.
  • the first processor is further configured to: receive an interface from the second processor when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface a switching instruction, where the interface switching instruction indicates that the second processor wishes to interact with the second application by using the second user interface, and the priority of the first application is higher than the second application In the case of continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, in a case where the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, the first desktop launcher or the first operating system is turned off or placed a background to activate the second user interface by the second processor;
  • the second processor is further configured to: when receiving an interface switching instruction from the first processor when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interface switching instruction indicates the The first processor hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In a case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the first desktop launcher or the first operating system is turned off or placed in the background to be booted by the second processor The second user interface.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
  • the second processor is further configured to: if the first processor has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting The interaction of the first application, after completing the interaction with the second application, sending a resume instruction to the first processor, so that the first processor continues to pass the first user interface. Interacting with the first application; and the first processor is further configured to: if the second processor has a lower priority than the fourth application in the third application, interrupting The interaction of the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, is further sent a recovery instruction to the second processor, so that the second processor continues to pass the second user interface. Interacting with the third application.
  • the first processor is further configured to: shut down the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to an interface switching command received by the first user interface Putting in the background; the second processor is further configured to: run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing The device is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; the first processor is further configured to: The interface switching command received by the second user interface is executed to run the first desktop initiator or the first operating system.
  • the face switching instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • the present invention also provides a data interaction method, including: processing, by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, different types of data in the terminal; wherein the first processing unit is further configured to: directly The restriction-type external device in the terminal performs data interaction, and assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted-type external device.
  • the process that the first processing unit assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device includes: the first processing unit executes the second processor Data forwarding between the restricted external device.
  • the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
  • the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit and the second storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, respectively, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
  • the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced.
  • the computational burden of the second processor on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor.
  • the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed.
  • the business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the external device in the terminal forming a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; wherein the second processing unit passes the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor, and timely processed accordingly, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the second processing unit installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and The first processing order Sending an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface;
  • the first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the first a storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described.
  • the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor.
  • the installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the first processing unit, an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the first And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and passes the display data to the first processing unit Transfer to the corresponding external device for display.
  • the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit, and storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator or a first An operating system; the data processed by the second processing unit is stored by the second storage unit, and the second storage unit further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein, the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system; the second processing The unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
  • the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with.
  • the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes
  • the business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit detects a currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, directly performing the interaction, if Sending, to the second processing unit, an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
  • the second processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, if the a second user interface, directly performing an interaction, and if the first user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit will use the first desktop initiator or the first operating system Close or put in the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: according to the received interrupt instruction, the first desktop launcher or the first An operating system is shut down or placed in the background.
  • the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface.
  • the interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here.
  • the method further includes: when the first processing unit interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processor The interrupt instruction indicates that the second processing unit wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application And continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, and executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
  • the second processing unit when interacting with the third application by the second user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit, the interrupt instruction indicates that the first processing unit wishes to pass
  • the first user interface interacts with the fourth application, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, in the third application.
  • the interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the program is lower than the fourth application.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
  • the method further includes: if the first processing unit has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting the first application After the interaction, the second processing unit sends a resume instruction to the first processing unit after completing the interaction with the second application, so that the first processing unit continues to pass the first user interface.
  • the first application interacts; and if the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After completing the interaction with the fourth application, the first processing unit further sends a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the second user interface and the third The application interacts.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface Up to the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit is configured according to the first And the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is shut down or placed in the background; the first processing unit receives the interface switching command according to the second user interface. , running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • the present invention further provides a data interaction system, comprising: a first processing unit and a second processing unit, respectively processing different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing unit is further configured to: directly Restricting external devices in the terminal to perform data interaction, and assisting the second processing unit to implement data with the restricted external device Interaction.
  • the first processing unit is configured to: assist the second processing unit to implement the data forwarding by performing data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device. Restrict the data interaction of external devices of the class.
  • the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
  • the processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
  • the method further includes: a first storage unit and a second storage unit, respectively storing data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
  • the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced.
  • the computational burden of the second processor on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor.
  • the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed.
  • the business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; and the second processing unit is further configured to: pass the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor, and timely processed accordingly, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the second processing unit is further configured to: install the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and Sending an application installation request to the first processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface
  • the first processing unit is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request, or receive the second location And the configuration information sent by the processing unit is stored in the first storage unit for display on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described.
  • the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor.
  • the installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
  • the first processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit is further configured to: start the application to be started according to the application startup instruction, and pass the display data
  • the first processing unit is transmitted to a corresponding external device for display.
  • the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: a first storage unit, configured to store data processed by the first processing unit, and further storing, by the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator Or a first operating system; a second storage unit, configured to store data processed by the second processing unit, and further storing, in the second storage unit, a second desktop launcher or a second operating system;
  • the first processing unit is configured to: perform a direct operation only on the first storage unit, and execute a user interface by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system
  • the second processing unit is configured to: directly perform the direct operation on the second storage unit, and execute the second user interface displayed after running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system User interface interaction.
  • the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with.
  • the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes
  • the business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface is directly Performing an interaction, if the second user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background. And running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the received interrupt instruction To the background;
  • the second processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface is, perform the interaction directly, if the first user interface, The first processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background. And running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system according to the received interrupt instruction To the background.
  • the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface.
  • the interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving the second processing An interrupt instruction indicating that the second processing unit desires to interact with the second application through the second user interface, wherein the first application has a higher priority than the second application In the case of a program, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, and the interrupt instruction is executed if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
  • the second processing unit is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the first
  • the processing unit hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In the case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: if the second processing unit has a lower priority than the fourth application when the third application Interrupting the interaction with the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, sending a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the a second user interface interacting with the third application;
  • the second processing unit is further configured to: if the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, a resume instruction is further sent to the first processing unit to cause the first processing unit to continue to interact with the first application through the first user interface.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: use the interface switching command received by the first user interface to perform the first desktop initiator or the first operation The system is shut down or placed in the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit The method is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; the first processing unit is configured according to the second user interface Receiving the interface switching command, running the first desktop initiator or the first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in the related art
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission line of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another data transmission line of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal including two or more processors in an embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2; FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a terminal structure including two or more processors in another specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in another specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in still another specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to still another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a plurality of communication modules and a processor according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 18 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors in the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 or FIG. 17;
  • Figure 19 is a diagram showing another connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors of the embodiment shown in Figure 16 or Figure 17;
  • Figure 20 is a schematic view showing the connection structure of a specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in Figure 19;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a plurality of communication modules and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 or FIG. 22;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a plurality of communication modules and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 or FIG. 22;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing
  • Figure 24 is a diagram showing another connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors of the embodiment shown in Figure 21 or Figure 22;
  • Figure 25 is a schematic view showing the connection structure of a specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in Figure 24;
  • FIG. 26 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal installation application of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal startup application of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic flow chart of a display control method of a user interface of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
  • FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of the terminal shown in Figure 30;
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural view of another embodiment of the terminal shown in FIG. 30;
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural view of still another embodiment of the terminal shown in Figure 30;
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic flow chart showing execution of user interface switching control by the CPU 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic flow chart showing execution of user interface switching control by the CPU 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 37 shows a schematic block diagram of a data interaction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a terminal includes: a first processor (CPU1 as shown in FIG. 2) and a second processor (CPU2 shown in FIG. 2) for respectively Different types of data in the terminal are processed; the restricted external device 102A is connected only to the first processor; wherein the second processor and the restricted external device 102A pass the first processing The help of the device to achieve the interaction process.
  • a first processor CPU1 as shown in FIG. 2
  • a second processor CPU2 shown in FIG. 2
  • the restricted external device 102A is connected only to the first processor; wherein the second processor and the restricted external device 102A pass the first processing The help of the device to achieve the interaction process.
  • first processor and the second processor are not used to limit the number of processors in the terminal to two, and it is obvious that more processors can be included in the terminal.
  • first and second represent the relationship between any two processors in the terminal, and are used to distinguish any two processors that are compared.
  • processor 1 and processor 2 when processor 1 and processor 2 are selected for comparison, either processor 1 and processor 2 may be referred to as “first processor” and the other is “"Secondprocessor”; and when processor 2 and processor 3 are selected for comparison, either processor 2 and processor 3 may be referred to as “first processor” and the other as “second processor”” , So on and so forth.
  • processors can be used to process the same type of data, and the multiple processors should be treated as one processor group, then the "first processor” and the "second processor". It is also possible to actually represent a processor group for processing the same type of data, each processor group containing one or more processors. At the same time, in order to respond to more types of data, there may obviously be more processor groups in the terminal, such as "third processor group", "fourth processor group,” and the like.
  • the first processor and the second processor are respectively used to process different types of data within the terminal, and thus involve classifying data within the terminal. For example, according to the importance of the data, the data is divided into core data and non-core data; or according to the privacy of the data, the data is divided into private data and non-private data; or according to the data transmission direction, the data is divided into Send data and received data, and so on.
  • Each classification can be preset by the manufacturer, or it can be determined by the user according to his actual situation.
  • data associated with certain applications can be used as private data or non-private data, such as "address book” and "call record”.
  • Application-related data such as ",” “short message”, “mail”, whether read or written, is counted as private data, or data related to a game application is treated as non-private data;
  • a certain type of data may be used as private data or non-private data, such as interactive data with online banking as private data, and software update package data as non-private data, etc., and may also include other The way to distinguish, not here - enumeration.
  • FIG. 2 also shows the external device 102B such as the shared class, the non-restricted external device 102C, and the like. .
  • each external device may be classified according to the type of data involved in each external device. For example, when an external device processes more data (greater than or equal to the preset amount of data) as high-priority and high-privacy data, it can be classified as a restricted-type external device 102A; The various types of data processed by the external device are similar, and can be classified as the shared external device 102B; when the data processed by an external device is more of low importance and low privacy, it can be Classified as non-restricted external device 102C.
  • each external device can be classified according to the relationship between each external device and the processor. For example, when an external device interacts with the first processor frequently, it can be classified as a restricted class external device 102A; when an external device interacts with the second processor frequently, it can be classified as unrestricted. Class external device 102A; the rest can be classified as a shared class external device.
  • the CPU 1 is configured to: perform data forwarding between the CPU 2 and the restricted-type external device 102A to assist in implementing an interaction process between the CPU 2 and the restricted-type external device 102A.
  • the interaction data between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A is directly performed by the CPU 1 . Forwarding, so that the CPU1 can monitor the data interaction process of the CPU2 and the restricted external device 102A, and can also monitor the specific interactive data content, thereby ensuring that the CPU2 interacts with the restricted external device 102A, even if it involves
  • the data processed by CPU1 can also be detected by CPU1 in time and prevent corresponding data interaction.
  • the CPU 1 is further configured to: receive all data from the restricted external device 102A, directly process data corresponding to the type of the CPU1, and transmit data corresponding to the type of the CPU 2 to the CPU 2; And forwarding the received data from the CPU 2 to the restricted class external device 102A.
  • CPU1 configuration establishes the transmission channel between CPU2 and the restricted external device 102A.
  • the CPU 1 implements the connection and interaction with the restricted external device 102A by the first peripheral interface, and implements the connection with the CPU 2 by the first forwarding interface, and the CPU 1 is further configured to: configure the device as shown in FIG. Closing the connection between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface, or as shown in FIG. 4, configuring a DMA transmission channel between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface, To assist in the connection and interaction of the CPU 2 with the restricted external device 102A.
  • the CPU 1 is further configured to: when the CPU 2 and the restricted external device 102A are not in a connected state, receive all data from the restricted external device 102A, directly process data corresponding to the type of the CPU 1, and correspondingly Data of the type of CPU 2 is transmitted to the CPU 2 through the first forwarding interface.
  • the CPU 1 since it is necessary to configure the data transmission channel or the DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A by the CPU 1, the CPU 1 cannot determine when the restriction-type external device 102A transmits data to the CPU 2, and thus When the connection between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A has not been established, the CPU 1 can receive the data of all, and directly transmit the data corresponding to the CPU 2 to the CPU 2, ensuring that the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A can be assisted at any time. Data interaction between.
  • the terminal includes one CPU1 and one CPU2, but in order to obtain more processing power or achieve better security.
  • the terminal can contain a larger number of CPU1 and / or a larger number of CPU2, the following will be combined with Figure 5-7, the terminal contains CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B for private data processing processor, and CPU2
  • the processor for non-private data processing, such as CPU2A and CPU2B, is an example, and the terminal structure and processing strategy in the case of a larger number of processors will be described.
  • Implementation method (1) In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a certain CPU is used as a "relay" with the restricted type external device 102A, and other CPUs implement and limit the external device through the "relay". 102A interaction.
  • the CPU 2 can 1) perform data forwarding by the CPU 1 by issuing a request to the CPU 1, 2) perform port configuration by the CPU 1, and establish the CPU 2 and the restricted class externally.
  • the data transmission channel between the devices 102A, 3) the CPU 1 establishes a DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A, thereby performing data interaction with the restriction-type external device 102A; when the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B requires and limiting the external device
  • the CPU 2 performs data forwarding and indirectly implements data interaction with the restricted class external device 102A.
  • CPUs used for private data processing can also use “parallel” connection, and even partially use “series” and partially “parallel” connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use “series”. It is obvious that the connection method is even partially “series” and partially “parallel”. However, since only CPU1 is directly connected to the restricted external device 102A, any other CPU wishing to interact with the restricted external device 102A needs to be forwarded by at least CPU1.
  • CPU1 In addition to interacting with the restricted class external device 102A, when multiple CPUs interact, data transfer by other CPUs may also be required. For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
  • each CPU is "parallel" to the restricted-type external device 102A, and directly interacts with the restricted-type external device 102A without requiring other CPUs as "relays".
  • the CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU 1B for processing private data are respectively connected to the restriction type external device 102A; meanwhile, the CPU 2, CPU 2A, and CPU 2B for processing non-private data are not associated with the restriction type external device. 102A connection.
  • FIG. 6 shows that: CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU IB for processing private data adopt a "series" mode, and CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data are adopted. Parallel" way.
  • the restricted-type external device 102A When a part of the CPU is connected to the restricted-type external device 102A, such as a CPU for private data processing, these CPUs can directly interact with the restricted-type external device 102A, including data transmission and reception; and other non-restricted external devices.
  • 102A directly connected CPUs such as CPUs for non-private data processing at this time, when these CPUs need to interact with the restricted type external device 102A, it is necessary to involve these CPUs and the CPU directly connected to the restricted external device 102A. The process of interaction.
  • CPU2A or CPU2B can directly transfer the data that needs to be sent to the CPU directly connected to the restricted external device 102A, such as to the CPU1A or CPU1B, and then further forwarded to the restricted external device 102A by the CPU1A or CPU1B; 2)
  • the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B can directly issue a request to a CPU directly connected to the restriction-type external device 102A to establish a data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B and the restriction-type external device 102A, for example, by the CPU 1A or
  • the CPU 1B receives the request and establishes the above-described data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B and the restriction type external device 102A.
  • CPU2A or CPU2B can only interact directly with CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B can send data to CPU2, 1) is sent by CPU2 to CPU1. And forwarded by CPU1 to the restricted class external device 102A; 2) by the CPU2 making a request to the CPU1, the CPU1 establishes a data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU2 and the restricted class external device 102A, and the CPU2 sends the data directly to the restricted class External device 102A.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU2 is adjacent to CPU2A and can directly interact with each other.
  • the CPU 2 can also directly interact with the CPU 1; similarly, the CPU 2A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 2 and the CPU 2B, and can directly interact with the CPU 1A, and the CPU 2A can be indirectly transmitted to the adjacent CPU via the CPU 2 or the like.
  • the CPU 1 is further transmitted by the CPU 1 to the restriction-type external device 102A, and can also be directly transmitted to the CPU 1A, and further transmitted to the restriction-type external device 102A by the CPU 1A.
  • the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B perform data transfer to the restriction external device 102A via the corresponding CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB; 2) the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B can transmit a request to the corresponding CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB. It establishes a corresponding data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel, and realizes the interaction between CPU2, CPU2A, CPU2B and the restriction type external device 102A.
  • the restricted external device 102A transfers data to the CPU 1A:
  • the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1A finds the data as non- Private data, and know which CPU should be processed.
  • CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data.
  • CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1 A receives the restriction-type external device 102A,
  • the non-private data can be transferred indirectly to the CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
  • the data is transferred to a directly connected CPU, for example to CPU1A, and then further to the target CPU.
  • the restricted external device 102A transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1A finds the data as non- Private data, and know which CPU should be processed.
  • CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data.
  • CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU, as shown in Figure 6,
  • CPU1A can send data to CPU1, send it to CPU2 by CPU1, and forward it to CPU2 by CPU2.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1 A receives the restriction-type external device 102A,
  • the non-private data can be transferred indirectly to the CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
  • a data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction type external device 102A is established in the CPU 1 as shown in Figs. 5 and 6.
  • the restriction type external device 102A needs to be transferred to the CPU 2
  • the data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel can be directly used for transmission;
  • the restriction type external device 102A needs to be transferred to the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B
  • the data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel can be used.
  • each CPU that is not directly connected to the restriction-type external device 102A establishes a data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel in the CPU directly connected to the corresponding restriction-type external device 102A, thereby limiting the class.
  • the external device 102A can directly transmit data to the corresponding target CPU (CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B) by selecting the DMA transfer channel.
  • the terminal contains two CPUs
  • the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B, and on the path of the shared external device 102B and the CPU 1, CPU 2, a line switching device 104 (the shared external device 102B such as "camera” is provided. " ).
  • the type of data that the shared-type external device 102B needs to transmit is detected by the line switching device 104.
  • the line switching device 104 keeps the line between the CPU 1 and the shared external device 102B closed, and the CPU 2 and the shared external device The line between the devices 102B remains disconnected;
  • the data type is non-private, it is determined that the shared external device 102B needs to interact with the CPU 2
  • the line switching device 104 causes the line between the CPU 2 and the shared external device 102B.
  • the line switching device 104 directly switches the line by performing type identification on the data to be transmitted by the shared external device 102B, thereby realizing control of the data transmission direction, and ensuring that the private data is performed by the CPU1. Rational, non-private data is processed by CPU2.
  • the line switching device 104 does not type-recognize data from the shared-type external device 102B, but transmits all data to the CPU 1 by default. That is, regardless of whether the line between the current CPU 1 or the CPU 2 and the shared-type external device 102B is connected, the circuit is switched such that the line between the CPU 1 and the shared-type external device 102B is closed, and then the data is sent to the CPU 1 , and the type of data by the CPU 1 For identification, if it is private, CPU1 directly processes it. If it is non-private, CPU1 forwards it to CPU2 and processes it by CPU2.
  • the line switching device 104 does not perform type identification on the data from the shared class external device 102B, all data is transmitted to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 performs type identification and data allocation, and the CPU 1 is exclusively used to process private data with respect to the CPU 2
  • a more secure processor sends all the data to CPU1, even if the non-private data is obtained and utilized by other applications (relative to the application that should be sent to), it does not result in privacy.
  • the leakage of information as long as it can ensure that private data will not be processed by CPU2, it can physically isolate the illegal application based on the acquisition and utilization of private data by CPU2, thus ensuring the data security of the terminal.
  • the line switching device 104 still does not type-recognize data from the shared-type external device 102B, but directly transmits it. Specifically, the line switching device 104 needs to check its previous line connection relationship with the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, and directly transmits the data to the case where the path between the current CPU 1 and the CPU 1 is closed and the path between the CPU 2 and the CPU 2 is opened.
  • CPU1 in the case of seeing that the path between the current and CPU2 is closed, and the path between the CPU1 and the CPU1 is open, the data is transferred to the CPU 2 to be forwarded by the CPU 2 to the CPU 1; wherein the CPU 1 processes the data of the private type , and forward non-private type data to CPU2.
  • the type identification of the data is actually performed by the CPU 1.
  • the line switching device 104 can transmit data by directly using the line currently processing the connected state, thereby reducing the requirement for the line switching device 104, which is advantageous for Control of manufacturing costs. Since the data transmitted by the shared-type external device 102B is not directly processed by the CPU 2 under any circumstances, the private data that may exist is transmitted to the CPU 2 even if it is started, and is ensured that it is directly forwarded to the CPU 2 without being processed.
  • the CPU 1 enables the terminal to have high security even in a low configuration.
  • the line switching device 104 has functions such as autonomous line switching, data type identification, etc.; however, in practice, the operation of the line switching device 104 can be controlled by other devices.
  • the line switching device 104 can be controlled by the CPU 1. Specifically, a control line 106A is established between the control port of the line switching device 104 and the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 can send a control command to the line switching device 104 through the control line 106A to implement a specific line switching operation.
  • the line corresponding to the CPU 1 can be closed by directly controlling the line switching device 104, and the line corresponding to the CPU 2 can be disconnected; when the CPU 2 needs to perform with the shared-type external device 102B.
  • the CPU 1 controls the line switching device 104 to close the line corresponding to the CPU 2, and disconnects the line corresponding to the CPU 1 (the control line 106A is always kept closed).
  • control port is used to directly control the line switching action of the line switching device 104. Since the CPU 1 is a "secure processor" with respect to the CPU 2 when the CPU 1 processes more important and private data, when the CPU 1 controls the line switching device 104, data transmission can be completed and the terminal can be secured. Data security, which physically prevents an illegal application from controlling the line switching device 104 through the CPU 2, prevents private data from being acquired by an illegal application.
  • control port of the line switching device 104 can also be connected to the CPU 2 to constitute the control line 106B, as shown in Fig. 9.
  • the line corresponding to the CPU 2 can be closed and the line corresponding to the CPU 1 can be disconnected directly by controlling the line switching device 104; when the CPU 1 needs to share with the class
  • the external device 102B interacts, it is necessary to first transmit a handover request to the CPU 2, and when the CPU 2 can accept the handover request, the CPU 2 controls the line switching device 104 to close the line corresponding to the CPU 1, and disconnects the line corresponding to the CPU 2 (the control line 106A is always Keep closed).
  • CPU1 and CPU2 are directly connected to shared external device 102B (such as "button").
  • the shared-type external device 102B transmits all data that needs to be transmitted to a corresponding processor in a connected state. Specifically, if the processor in the connected state is the CPU 1, the CPU 1 processes the private data from the shared external device 102B, and forwards the non-private data from the shared external device 102B to the CPU 2; The processor in the connected state is CPU2, then the CPU 2 directly forwards data from the shared class external device 102B to the CPU1, and the CPU1 processes the private data from the CPU2, and will come from
  • CPU2's non-private data is forwarded to CPU2
  • the type identification of the data by the CPU 1 eliminates the need to add another hardware device to perform type identification on the data, which is advantageous for controlling the manufacturing cost. Since the data transmitted by the shared-type external device 102B is not directly processed by the CPU 2 under any circumstances, the private data that may exist is transmitted to the CPU 2 even if it is started, and is ensured that it is directly forwarded to the CPU 2 without being processed. The CPU 1 enables the terminal to have high security even in a low configuration.
  • cooperation between the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 can be achieved by the interaction of instructions.
  • the CPU 1 when the CPU 1 needs to transmit data to the external device, and sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 sets the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B to a high-impedance state, the CPU 1 can connect the sharing-type external device 102B.
  • the connected port returns from the high-resistance state to the normal state to implement data interaction; when the CPU 2 needs to transmit data to the external device, it sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1 to cause the CPU 1 to set the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B.
  • the CPU 2 In the high-impedance state, the CPU 2 can restore the normal connection state from the high-resistance state to the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B, thereby implementing data interaction.
  • the CPU 1 sends a resume command to cause the CPU 1 to restore the port connected to the shared external device 102B to be connected.
  • the CPU 1 is for processing private data, which is a "secure processor" with respect to the CPU 2, in order to ensure that the CPU 1 can preferentially implement the interaction with the shared-type external device 102B, the CPU 2 is unnecessary.
  • the connection with the shared-type external device 102B is actively disconnected, so that the CPU 1 restores the connection with the shared-type external device 102B in time.
  • CPU1 and CPU2 interact with interrupt instructions
  • when CPU1 or CPU2 receives an interrupt instruction it is highly likely that the current operation needs to be suspended, so that the sender of the interrupt instruction performs the operation first, even if CPU1 sends
  • the interrupt instruction after the CPU1 completes the operation, can also send a resume instruction to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 can perform the suspended operation in time.
  • the terminal contains more than two CPUs
  • a CPU In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a CPU is used as a "relay" with the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs implement the shared-type external device through the "relay". 102B interaction.
  • the CPU 2 For the "parallel" mode: When the CPU 2 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 2A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 performs data forwarding. When the CPU 2B needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 also performs data forwarding.
  • CPUs used for private data processing can also use “parallel” connection, and even partially use “series” and partially “parallel” connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use “series”. It is obvious that the connection method is even partially “series” and partially “parallel”.
  • CPU data forwarding For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
  • each CPU is "parallel" to the shared class external device 102B and directly interacts with the shared class external device 102B without requiring other CPUs as “relays” " .
  • the CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB for processing private data are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B (indirect connection is implemented by the line switching device 104), and at the same time, for processing non-private data.
  • the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B are also connected to the shared class external device 102B, respectively.
  • FIG. 11 shows: CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU IB for processing private data adopt “cascade” mode, and CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data are used. "Parallel" mode.
  • the CPU for one processing function may need to interact with the CPU of another processing function.
  • the shared external device 102B transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1 A finds the data. It is non-private data and knows which CPU should be processed.
  • CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data.
  • CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can be straight
  • the data is transferred to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B.
  • CPU1A can send data to CPU1, which is sent by CPU1 to CPU2.
  • CPU2 forwards to the target CPU.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B directly, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, when the CPU 1A receives the transmission from the shared external device 102B.
  • Non-private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
  • a CPU In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a CPU is used as a "relay" with the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs implement the shared-type external device through the "relay". 102B interaction.
  • FIG. 13 it is assumed that a connection is established between the CPU 1 and the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs for processing private data are connected to the CPU 1 in a "series" manner; meanwhile, it is assumed that the CPU 2 and A connection is established between the shared class external devices 102B, and other CPUs for processing non-private data are connected to the CPU 2 in a "parallel" manner.
  • the CPU 2 For the "parallel" mode: When the CPU 2 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 2A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 performs data forwarding. When the CPU 2B needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 also performs data forwarding.
  • CPUs used for private data processing can also use “parallel” connection, and even partially use “series” and partially “parallel” connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use “series”. It is obvious that the connection method is even partially “series” and partially “parallel”.
  • CPU data forwarding For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
  • each CPU is "parallel" to the shared class external device 102B and directly interacts with the shared class external device 102B without requiring other CPUs as “relays” " .
  • the CPU 1, the CPU 1A, and the CPU IB for processing the private data are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B, and the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B for processing the non-private data are also respectively connected to the shared class. External device 102B.
  • FIG. 14 shows: CPU1 for processing private data.
  • the CPU1A and CPU IB adopt the "series” mode, and the CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data adopt the "parallel" mode.
  • the CPU for one processing function may need to interact with the CPU of another processing function.
  • the shared external device 102B transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1 A finds the data. It is non-private data and knows which CPU should be processed.
  • CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data.
  • CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, send it to CPU2 by CPU1, and by CPU2. Forward to the target CPU.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B directly, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, when the CPU 1A receives the transmission from the shared external device 102B.
  • Non-private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
  • the non-restricted external device 102C is directly connected to the CPU 2, and may also adopt, for example, the CPU 2 directly executes the CPU 1 and the unrestricted class. Data forwarding between the external devices 102C; the CPU 2 closes the path between the CPU 1 and the non-restricted external device 102C through the port configuration; the CPU 2 configures a DMA transfer channel between the CPU 1 and the unrestricted external device 102C to call the CPU 2 The way of the bus, the realization of data interaction.
  • the "restricted external device 102A” is replaced with the "unrestricted external device 102A", and the CPU 1, CPU 1A, CPU 1B, and the like are associated.
  • the CPU 2 shown in FIG. 2 the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, the CPU 2B, and the like are used as the CPU corresponding to the CPU 1 shown in FIG. 2, and all of the above-described data interaction methods can be applied thereto.
  • the above describes the data interaction between the CPU and the external device (including any one or more of the restricted class external device 102A, the shared class external device 102B, and the unrestricted class external device 102C), and for the terminal It also includes data interaction with other terminals or servers, and involves uplink and downlink data interaction between the CPU and the communication module.
  • the CPU 1 is used to process private data
  • the CPU 2 is used to process non-private data
  • the communication module 106 is used for transmitting and receiving of uplink and downlink data.
  • the communication module 106 since the communication module 106 is respectively connected to the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, the data from the CPU 1 is private data, the data from the CPU 2 is non-private data; and for the downlink data, the communication module 106 directly directly performs the received data.
  • Type identification if it is private data, is directly transmitted to CPU1, and if it is non-private data, it is directly transmitted to CPU2.
  • the data is identified by the communication module 106, so that the private data and the non-private data are respectively allocated to the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 to implement physical data isolation, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • a function to the communication module 106 that is, when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 1, the connection with the CPU 2 is cut off, and when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 2, the CPU 1 is disconnected.
  • a device similar to the line switching device 104 shown in FIG. 10-12 is added between the communication module 106 and the CPU 1, CPU 2, and is controlled by the device itself or the CPU 1, CPU 2, when the communication module 106 is When the CPU 1 interacts, the connection with the CPU 2 is cut off, and when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 2, the connection with the CPU 1 is cut off.
  • the processing module 106 is the same as the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 16, and the processing strategy corresponding to the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 16 can be used for reference.
  • the communication module described in Figure 16-17 106 (for example, the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B are the same), and the plurality of CPUs may adopt the following strategies.
  • the CPU for processing private data here includes CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU1B, and the CPU for processing non-private data includes CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B as an example for description.
  • the communication module 106 is only connected to a CPU for processing private data and a CPU for processing non-private data, such as to CPU1 and CPU2.
  • CPU1/CPU2 directly transfers the private data/non-private data to the communication module 106, and the CPU1A, CPU IB needs to transmit the private data to the CPU1, and is forwarded by the CPU1 to the communication module 106; similarly, the CPU2A The CPU 2B needs to transfer the non-private data to the CPU 2 and forward it to the communication module 106 by the CPU 2.
  • the communication module 106 When the data is downlinked, the communication module 106 sends all the private data to the CPU1, and sends all the non-private data to the CPU2. In the first case, the communication module 106 can understand by analyzing the data. To the target CPU for processing the data, the communication module 106 may add a corresponding identifier on the data, so that after the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 receives the data, the corresponding target CPU may be determined according to the added identifier to implement In the second case, if the communication module 106 cannot know the target CPU of the received data, the communication module 106 directly transmits it to the CPU 1 or the CPU 2, and the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 determines the corresponding target CPU by itself.
  • CPU1A and CPU1B are in "series” mode.
  • CPU2A and CPU2B are in "parallel” mode.
  • CPU1B needs to send uplink data or receive downlink data, it needs to pass CPU1A.
  • Two-stage transmission with CPU1 can be realized; for CPU2A and CPU2B, only one level of transmission of CPU2 is required.
  • the communication module 106 can also be connected to all the CPUs respectively.
  • each CPU can be directly transmitted to the communication module 106 without performing forwarding by other CPUs, which is advantageous for reducing the data transmission delay.
  • the communication module 106 can know the specific target CPU, it can directly transmit to the target CPU; if the communication module 106 cannot know the specific target CPU, the following method is adopted:
  • the communication module 106 performs type identification on the downlink data, and according to the recognition result, transmits the data to a default or arbitrary CPU for processing the same type of data, for example, the private data is transmitted to the CPU1 by default.
  • Private data is transferred to CPU2 by default, or private data is arbitrarily transferred to CPU1, CPU1A or CPU1B, and non-private data is arbitrarily transferred to CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B, and then further determined and forwarded to the specific target by the CPU receiving the downlink data.
  • the communication module 106 does not perform type identification on the downlink data
  • the downlink data is directly transmitted to a certain default or arbitrary CPU, and the CPU directly performs type identification or forwards to other CPUs for type identification, and then according to The result is recognized and sent to the target CPU.
  • the CPU 1 performs type identification (or specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification), and transmits the downlink data to the specific one according to the recognition result.
  • Target CPU the type identification (or specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification), and transmits the downlink data to the specific one according to the recognition result.
  • Target CPU specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification
  • each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection is not shown in the figure). Assuming that CPU1A receives non-private data, if CPU1A does not know the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to any CPU for processing non-private data, such as CPU2A, and then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; If CPU1A knows the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU IB, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1A receives the non-transmission sent by the communication module 106
  • Private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data via an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A and determined by CPU2A and transferred to the final target CPU.
  • the communication module 106 is respectively connected to a CPU for processing private data and a CPU for processing non-private data; and in FIGS. 21-25 described below, each communication module 106 (or the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B shown in FIG. 22) are each connected to only one type of CPU, such as only to a CPU for processing private data, or only to a CPU for processing non-private data. .
  • the communication module 106 is only connected to the CPU 1, so that for the uplink data, the CPU 1 can directly interact with the communication module 106, and the CPU 2 needs the CPU 1 as a relay to indirectly interact with the communication module 106.
  • the communication module 106 can perform type identification on the downlink data, and add an identifier to the downlink data according to the identification result, and then all send to the CPU1, and the CPU1 determines the self-processing according to the identifier on the downlink data. Or sent to the CPU2 for processing; in the second case, the communication module 106 does not perform type identification on the downlink data, after the CPU1 performs type identification, directly processes the private data, and forwards the non-private data to the CPU 2 deal with.
  • the communication module 106 can also be connected to the CPU 2, and the CPU 2 directly interacts with the communication module 106, and the CPU 1 must indirectly implement the interaction with the communication module 106 by using the CPU 2 as a "relay".
  • CPU2 since CPU2 is used to process non-private data, it is an insecure CPU compared to CPU1, because private data will flow through CPU2, which may result in illegal applications stealing from it. Therefore, in order to obtain a safer application environment, the communication module 106 is more likely to be directly connected to the CPU 1.
  • the communication module 106 is connected to the CPU 1 as an example, but based on the above description, this is obviously not a limitation or limitation.
  • the communication module 106A or the communication module 106B is the same as the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 20, and the corresponding connection manner or processing policy may be adopted, and details are not described herein again.
  • the communication module described in Figure 21-22 106 (for example, the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B are the same), and the plurality of CPUs may adopt the following strategies.
  • the CPU for processing private data here includes CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU1B
  • the CPU for processing non-private data includes CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B as an example for description.
  • the communication module 106 is only connected to a CPU for processing private data or a CPU for processing non-private data, such as to CPU1.
  • the CPU 1 directly interacts with the communication module 106, and all other CPUs need to directly or indirectly transmit the data to be transmitted to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 forwards the data to the communication module 106 to implement uplink transmission of data.
  • the communication module 106 can understand the target CPU for processing the data by analyzing the data, etc., and the communication module 106 can add a corresponding identifier to the data, thereby After receiving the data, the CPU 1 may determine the corresponding target CPU according to the added identifier to implement forwarding.
  • the communication module 106 cannot know the target CPU of the received data, and the communication module 106 directly directly Transferred to the CPU1, the CPU1 determines the corresponding target CPU by itself.
  • the communication module 106 can identify the type of the data, determine whether it is private data or non-private data, and then send it to the CPU1, or the communication module 106 does not perform type identification. The operation is directly sent to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 performs type identification on the received data.
  • CPU1A and CPU1B are in "series” mode.
  • CPU2, CPU2A and CPU2B are in "parallel” mode.
  • CPU1B needs to send uplink data or receive downlink data, it needs to pass CPU1A.
  • Two-stage transmission with CPU1 can be realized; for CPU2A and CPU2B, only one level of transmission of CPU2 is required.
  • the communication module 106 can also be connected to all CPUs of the same type, for example, to all CPUs for processing private data (specifically, CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B in the figure).
  • each CPU for processing the private data can be directly transmitted to the communication module 106 without performing forwarding by other CPUs, which is advantageous for reducing the data transmission delay and for processing the CPU of the non-private data. Then you still need to forward the data to a CPU that processes private data, such as CPU1, to enable data to be sent upstream.
  • the communication module 106 For the downlink data, if the communication module 106 can know the specific target CPU, if the data is private data, it can be directly transmitted to the target CPU. If the data is non-private data, the non-private data is added with the identifier. Directly transferred to a connected CPU (this CPU can be default or arbitrary, such as sending to CPU1 by default, or randomly selecting a connected CPU). If it is CPU1, it will be forwarded by CPU1 according to the identifier on the data. To the corresponding target CPU; if the communication module 106 is unable to know the specific target CPU, the following manner is adopted: In the first case, the communication module 106 performs type identification on the downlink data, and transmits the data to the identification result according to the recognition result.
  • a default or arbitrary CPU for processing the same type of data such as transferring private data to CPU1 by default, adding the corresponding type identifier to non-private data, and then transferring it to CPU1 by default, or transferring private data to CPU1, CPU1A or arbitrarily.
  • CPU1B arbitrarily transfer non-private data to the CPU1, CPU1A or CPU after adding the corresponding type identifier 1B is then further determined and forwarded by the CPU receiving the downlink data to a specific target CPU.
  • the downlink data is directly transmitted to a certain default or arbitrary CPU, and the CPU directly performs type identification or forwards to other CPUs for type identification, and then according to The result is recognized and sent to the target CPU.
  • the CPU 1 performs type identification (or specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification.
  • the downlink data is transmitted to the specific target CPU.
  • each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection is not shown in the figure). Assuming that CPU1A receives non-private data, if CPU1A does not know the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to any CPU for processing non-private data, such as CPU2A, and then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; If CPU1A knows the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
  • CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
  • each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs.
  • CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU.
  • the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU IB, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1A receives the non-transmission sent by the communication module 106
  • Private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data via an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A and determined by CPU2A and transferred to the final target CPU.
  • a terminal includes: a CPU 1 and a CPU 2, respectively, for processing different types of data in the terminal; a first storage unit (such as RAMI and EMMC1 shown in FIG. 26) And storing the data processed by the CPU1, and the desktop storage device is further stored in the first storage unit; the second storage unit (such as RAM2 and EMMC2 shown in FIG. 26) is used for The data processed by the CPU 2 is stored; wherein the CPU 2 implements a call to the desktop initiator through the CPU 1.
  • a first storage unit such as RAMI and EMMC1 shown in FIG. 26
  • the second storage unit such as RAM2 and EMMC2 shown in FIG. 26
  • the CPU 1 is used to process private data in the terminal, and the CPU 2 is configured to process non-private data in the terminal.
  • the external device 102 in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is called.
  • the CPU 2 is further configured to: implement interaction with the display interface by using the CPU 1.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete the specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices 102". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device 102 is only connected to the CPU 1, when the CPU 2 needs to perform UI interaction, the CPU 1 needs to perform data forwarding, and the CPU 1 implements control of the specific UI interaction process of the CPU 2, and any data that may be processed by the CPU 1 may be involved. Or the instruction can be directly monitored by the CPU1, and the corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
  • FIG. 2 describes that there may be a restriction type external device 102A in the terminal,
  • the shared external device 102B, the non-restricted external device 102C, and the like may still be set in the terminal.
  • the CPU 2 is further configured to: when the installation instruction of the application to be installed is received, install the to-be-installed application to the second memory, and send an application installation request to the CPU1 to invoke the desktop initiator And displaying the installation display data to the corresponding external device 102 through the CPU1, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; the CPU1 is further configured to: parse the same from the application installation request The configuration information of the application to be installed or the configuration information sent by the CPU 2 is received, and the configuration information is stored in the first memory for display on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the CPU 2 during the installation of the application is described.
  • CPU2 can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference between the installation process and the application in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the application installation process is completed in the CPU 2, but the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal, and the configuration information is sent by the CPU 2 through the application installation request or other manner.
  • the CPU1 can be stored in the first memory, so that the display of the configuration information can be realized without the CPU2 directly calling the user interface, which improves the security of the terminal and helps reduce unnecessary resource waste of the terminal. And power loss.
  • the CPU 1 is further configured to: determine an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, and send an application startup instruction to the CPU 2 if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second memory;
  • the CPU 2 is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and transmit the display data to the corresponding external device 102 for display by using the CPU1.
  • CPU2 implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program through the data forwarding of CPU1. Since CPU1 is more secure than CPU2, any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by CPU1 and processed accordingly, thus helping to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the flow of installing an application includes: Step 2702, the CPU 2 determines, according to the detected user operation, that an installation operation for an application needs to be performed.
  • Step 2704 when executing the installation operation on the application, the CPU 2 also sends configuration information of the call request and the application to the CPU 1.
  • the CPU 2 performs the installation operation in the background data processing process, it is not visible; but in order to give the user an intuitive operation experience, the user interface needs to be called to display the screen and information corresponding to the installation process.
  • Step 2706 the CPU1 runs the desktop launcher according to the received call request, invokes the formed user interface, and displays the installation process of the application. Through the call to the user interface and the display of the installation screen, especially for the installation progress of the application, whether the installation is successful or not, the user can directly view from the displayed screen to avoid the installation failure due to the wrong operation.
  • Step 2708 the CPU1 saves configuration information of the application in a corresponding first storage unit, where the configuration information includes an icon, a name, and the like of the application.
  • the configuration information of the application can always be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal.
  • step 504 the sending of the configuration information of the calling request and the application may be simultaneous. Send, you can also send separately.
  • the configuration information of the application may be directly added in the call request; when sending separately, the call request may be sent first, or the configuration information of the application may be sent first.
  • step 2706 and step 2708 is not necessarily in the manner shown in FIG. 27, and step 2706 and step 2708 may be performed at the same time, or step 2708 may be performed first, then step 2706 and the like may be performed.
  • Step 2710 The application is successfully installed in the second storage unit corresponding to the CPU 2.
  • the flow of launching an application includes: Step 2802, the CPU 1 detects an operation of a user launching an application.
  • step 2804 the installation location of the application is determined. If it is installed in the CPU 1, the process proceeds to step 2806. If the CPU 2 is installed, the process proceeds to step 2808.
  • step 2806 the CPU 1 directly starts the application.
  • step 2808 the CPU 1 sends a start command to the CPU 2, and the CPU 2 starts the application.
  • step 2810 the CPU 2 detects and performs a user operation.
  • the CPU 2 directly acquires rights to the corresponding external device, such as a touch screen, a button, etc., and detects and performs a user operation through the external device; in another case, the CPU 1 detects the user operation through the external device, And forwarded to CPU2.
  • the corresponding external device such as a touch screen, a button, etc.
  • step 2812 the CPU 2 sends the corresponding display information to the CPU 1 according to the user operation.
  • step 2814 the CPU 1 displays the information on the user interface based on the display information sent from the CPU 2.
  • FIG. 29 shows a flow chart of a display control method of a user interface according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the display control method of the user interface includes: Step 2902, processing, by the first processing unit, the private data in the terminal, and using the first storage unit to The private data processed by the processing unit is stored, and the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator; the second processing unit processes the non-private data in the terminal, and passes through the second storage unit. And storing the non-private data processed by the second processing unit; wherein, the second processing unit implements a call to the desktop initiator by using the first processing unit.
  • the private data and the second processing unit are processed by the first processing unit to process the non-private data, so that the private data and the non-private data are physically separated from each other, thereby avoiding use only in the terminal.
  • any application can easily obtain private data from the single processor only through privilege cracking or the like.
  • the private data processed by the first processing unit and the second storage unit are stored by the first storage unit to store the non-private data processed by the second processing unit, so that the private data and the non-private data are also physically stored and invoked. Isolation, resulting in better data security.
  • the desktop launcher By storing the desktop launcher in the first storage unit, only the first processing unit can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and since the first processing unit belongs to a more secure processing unit relative to the second processing unit, Ensure security and avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processing unit.
  • the first processing unit since the first processing unit directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit can control the permission of the second processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, the private service processed by the first processing unit (corresponding to the private data) and The non-private service (corresponding to non-private data) processed by the second processing unit can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving terminal security and convenience in use. Sex.
  • the first processing unit is connected to all the external devices 102 (such as the external device 102 shown in FIG. 26), and the display control method of the user interface further includes: the desktop The initiator is invoked and forms a corresponding display interface on the designated external device 102; the second processing unit effects interaction with the display interface through the first processing unit.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete the specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices 102". Specifically, for example, through a display screen, etc., the display interface can be displayed. Show. Since the external device 102 is only connected to the first processing unit, when the second processing unit needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit implements a specific UI for the second processing unit.
  • the control of the interaction process any operation or instruction that may involve private data, can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the second processing unit receives the installation instruction of the application to be installed, installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit, and The first processing unit sends an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmits the installation display data to the corresponding external device 102 through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; The first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the a first storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the second processing unit during the installation of the application is described.
  • the second processing unit can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processing unit.
  • the installation request or other manner is sent to the first processing unit, and the first processing unit can be stored in the first storage unit, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processing unit always calling the user interface, and the terminal is improved. At the same time of security, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit determining, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be launched, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second storage Sending an application start instruction to the second processing unit; the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and transmits display data to the corresponding data through the first processing unit The external device 102 is displayed.
  • the second processing unit implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit. Since the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, and any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time, thereby contributing to the improvement of the terminal. Security.
  • the process of the second processing unit implementing interaction with the display interface by using the first processing unit includes: the first processing unit executing the second processor and the Data forwarding between the external devices 102 to implement an interaction process between the second processor and the external device 102; or the first processing unit implements a connection with the external device 102 by a peripheral interface and Interacting, and implementing a connection with the second processor by a forwarding interface, and configuring a connection between the forwarding interface and the peripheral interface by configuring, to implement the second processor and the external device 102 Connecting and interacting; or the first processing unit implements connection and interaction between the second processor and the external device 102 by configuring a DMA transmission channel between the forwarding interface and the peripheral interface.
  • the first processing unit controls the second processing unit to invoke the user interface to ensure that the second processing unit cannot access the private data, and Any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing can be made in time to avoid the problem of private data being acquired and leaked.
  • Fig. 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a terminal includes: a CPU 1 configured to process private data in the terminal; and a CPU 2 configured to process non-private data in the terminal; a memory (such as RAMI and EMMC1 shown in FIG. 30) is connected to the CPU1 for inputting the private data processed by the CPU1.
  • Row storage, and the first storage unit further stores a first desktop initiator or a first operating system; a second memory (such as RAM2 and EMMC2 shown in FIG.
  • the CPU 30 is connected to the CPU 2 for The non-private data processed by the CPU 2 is stored, and the second desktop further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein the CPU 1 runs the first desktop launcher or The first user interface displayed after the first operating system performs user interface interaction; the CPU 2 executes the user by running the second desktop initiator or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system Interface interaction.
  • the private data is processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 processes the non-private data, so that the private data and the non-private data are physically separated from each other, thereby avoiding the use of only a single processor in the terminal.
  • Any application can easily obtain private data from the single processor by means of privilege cracking or the like.
  • CPU1 uses the first memory (ie RAMI and EMMC 1, etc.), while CPU2 uses the second memory (ie RAM2 and EMMC2, etc.) ), you can physically separate the storage space used by CPU1 and CPU2. Since CPU1 and CPU2 physically use phase-separated storage devices, both private data and non-private data are physically isolated during processing and storage, resulting in better data security.
  • first desktop launcher or the first operating system By storing the first desktop launcher or the first operating system in the first memory, storing the second desktop launcher or the second operating system in the second memory, so that only the CPU 1 can directly invoke the first desktop launcher or the first operation System, only CPU2 can directly call the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and system (operating system) to avoid damage or tampering.
  • CPU1 directly calls the first desktop launcher or the first operating system
  • CPU2 calls the second desktop launcher or the second operating system
  • the private service corresponding to private data
  • CPU1 and the non-private service handled by CPU2 Corresponding to non-private data
  • it can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • CPU1 or CPU2 When CPU1 or CPU2 needs to perform a certain data processing task, it may need to be equipped with the corresponding external device. For example, when running the first initiator or the first operating system, it is necessary to display the corresponding screen on the display screen.
  • switching of different user interfaces is achieved by transmitting an interrupt instruction between CPUs. Specifically, for example:
  • the CPU 1 detects the currently displayed user interface, and if it is the first user interface, directly performs an interaction, and if it is the second user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2, and runs the first desktop initiator or The first operating system.
  • the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
  • the CPU 2 detects the currently displayed user interface, and if it is the second user interface, directly performs an interaction, and if it is the first user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU1, and runs the second desktop launcher or The second operating system.
  • the CPU 1 turns off or puts the first desktop launcher or the first operating system to the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
  • the CPU 2 can still switch to the first user interface (or switch from the first user interface to the second user interface) by sending an interrupt instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. , and will not repeat them here. Through the reasonable switching of the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
  • the application also sets different priorities for the applications in the terminal, so as to determine the order in which they are processed according to the priority level. For example: the priority of a private application > the priority of a non-private application; the priority of an application that invokes private data > the priority of an application that does not invoke private data, and so on.
  • private applications, as well as private applications may have different priorities, such as the priority of the private application used for the payment process, the address book, and so on.
  • the function of "Comparator” is added to CPU1.
  • the CPU 1 interacts with the first application through the first user interface, if the CPU 2 wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, the CPU 2 sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1.
  • the interrupt instruction may include information of the second application, or the CPU 2 may express the switch interface by using the interrupt command, and separately send the information of the second application to the CPU1.
  • the comparator compares the priority of the first application currently running by CPU1 with the second application that CPU2 wishes to run: If the priority of the first application is higher than the priority of the second application, CPU1 continues to perform the interaction until After the interaction is completed, the CPU 2 is allowed to perform the switching of the user interface; if the priority of the first application is lower than the priority of the second application, the CPU 1 directly executes the interrupt instruction, and the first user interface is closed or placed in the background, and Allows CPU2 to switch to the second user interface.
  • the interrupt instruction may include information of the fourth application, or the CPU 1 may express the switch interface by using the interrupt instruction, and separately send the information of the fourth application to the CPU 2
  • the comparator compares the priority of the third application currently running by the CPU 2 with the fourth application that the CPU 1 wishes to run: if the priority of the third application is higher than the priority of the fourth application, the CPU 2 continues to perform the interaction until After the interaction is completed, the CPU 1 is allowed to perform the switching of the user interface; if the priority of the third application is lower than the priority of the fourth application, the CPU 2 directly executes the interrupt instruction, and the second user interface is closed or placed in the background, and Allows CPU1 to switch to the first user interface.
  • the device sends an interrupt instruction.
  • the interrupt instruction may include information of a specific application, or the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 may express the desire to switch the application interface only by the interrupt instruction, and separately send the information of the specific application to the comparator.
  • the comparator After receiving the interrupt instruction from CPU1 or CPU2, the comparator determines the corresponding priority according to the information of the specific application, and compares the priority of the application to be run and the running application. If the former has a higher priority, the user interface is switched. Otherwise, the latter interaction process is continued until the interaction is completed, and then the user interface is switched.
  • the application that needs to run has a higher priority than the running application, it will be shipped
  • the application pause of the line is processed, and the switching of the user interface is performed. Then, after the terminal completes the processing of the application after the user interface switching, the processing of the original running application can be resumed by the following manner. :
  • the above is the terminal to determine whether to switch the user interface. Because the actual needs of different users are different, the user can manually perform the user interface switching operation according to the actual situation, for example:
  • the user can send an interface switching command to the CPU1 through the first user interface, and the CPU 1 turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system into the background; meanwhile, the CPU 2 also switches according to the interface received by the first user interface. Command, run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system.
  • the user can send an interface switching command to the CPU 2 through the second user interface, and the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop initiator or the second operating system into the background; meanwhile, the CPU 1 also switches according to the interface received by the second user interface. Command, run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • the CPU 1 is further configured to: if the first user interface is a default interface, run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system each time the terminal is powered on And the CPU 2 is further configured to: if the second user interface is a default interface, run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system each time the terminal is powered on.
  • the terminal by setting a default interface, the terminal only needs to run a specified desktop initiator or operating system when booting, and it is not necessary to run all desktop initiators or operating systems at the same time, thereby helping to reduce the terminal.
  • the terminal can also not set the default interface.
  • booting all the desktop launchers or operating systems are started at the same time, but only one of the user interfaces is displayed, and the others are placed in the background, when the user needs to switch to other
  • the user interface it is not necessary to start the corresponding desktop launcher or operating system in real time, and the switching can be directly performed, which helps to shorten the waiting time of the user and enhance the user experience.
  • Fig. 34 is a flow chart showing the CPU 1 performing user interface switching control according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the flow of executing the user interface switching control by the CPU 1 includes: Step 3402, determining whether the CPU 1 receives the interrupt instruction sent by the CPU 2, and if not, proceeds to step 3404, and if received, , then go to step 3406
  • the terminal includes a CPU 1 and a CPU 2, and the CPU 1 is configured to process private data, and the CPU 2 is configured to process non-private data.
  • the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 respectively correspond to different storage spaces, for example, the CPU 1 corresponds to the first storage unit, and the CPU 2 corresponds to the second storage unit.
  • data of different desktop launchers or operating systems are respectively stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit.
  • the same operating system is used (the data of the operating system is stored in the first storage unit or the second storage unit), and the first storage unit is stored in the first storage unit for starting the first a second desktop storage unit is configured to start a second user interface.
  • the first storage unit stores data of the first operating system, and is used to start the first user.
  • the second storage unit is stored in the second storage unit for starting the second user interface.
  • Step 3404 Determine whether the service currently required to be executed by the CPU 1 needs to perform UI interaction. If necessary, proceed to step 3410. Otherwise, the service is normally executed, and the process returns to step 3402.
  • Step 3406 Determine whether the current user interface is the first user interface. If yes, go to step 3408, otherwise go to step 3402.
  • the CPU2 may determine that the error or the error is sent, or the terminal may include other CPUs, such as the CPU3.
  • the CPU 2 can send an interrupt instruction to all other CPUs when detecting that the second user interface is not currently corresponding to itself.
  • step 3408 the first user interface is closed or placed in the background. If the first user interface is closed, it is beneficial to release more storage space and system resources; if placed in the background, it is helpful to switch back to the first user interface in time to shorten the waiting time of the user. After step 3408 is completed, step 3404 or end can be entered.
  • Step 3410 Determine whether the current user interface is the first user interface. If yes, return to step 3402; otherwise, proceed to step 3412.
  • Step 3412 Start the first user interface, specifically, by starting the first desktop launcher, or by starting the first operating system. Meanwhile, if the terminal only includes the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, or the CPU 1 detects that the current user interface is specifically the second user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2 to stop or put the second user interface in the background; if the terminal includes the CPU1 For CPU2 and other CPUs, CPU1 can send interrupt instructions directly to all CPUs except its own.
  • FIG. 35 is a flow chart showing the CPU 2 performing user interface switching control in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Step 3502 Determine whether the CPU 2 receives the interrupt instruction sent by the CPU 1, and if not, enters the step.
  • step 3504 if received, proceeds to step 3506.
  • step 3504 it is determined whether the service currently required to be executed by the CPU 2 needs to perform UI interaction. If necessary, the process proceeds to step 3510, otherwise the service is normally executed, and the process returns to step 3502.
  • Step 3506 Determine whether the current user interface is the second user interface. If yes, go to step 3508, otherwise go to step 3502.
  • step 3508 the second user interface is closed or placed in the background. After step 3508 is completed, you can proceed to step 3504 or end.
  • Step 3510 Determine whether the current user interface is the second user interface. If yes, return to step 3502, otherwise proceed to step 3512.
  • Step 3512 Start the second user interface, specifically, by starting the second desktop launcher, or by starting the second operating system. Meanwhile, if the terminal only includes the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, or the CPU 2 detects that the current user interface is specifically the first user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1 to stop or put the first user interface in the background; if the terminal includes the CPU1 For CPU 2 and other CPUs, CPU 2 can send interrupt instructions directly to all CPUs before itself.
  • the present application further proposes further improvement.
  • the method further includes: when the CPU1 interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the CPU 2, the interrupt instruction indicates the The CPU 2 hopes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and the CPU 1 continues to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application. Executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
  • the interrupt instruction indicates that the CPU 1 wishes to pass the first user interface and the fourth The application interacts, and the CPU 2 continues to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, in a case where the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, and the priority of the third application is lower than In the case of the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 is judged, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple processing units and multiple users.
  • the sequence of processing tasks can be effectively communicated and coordinated, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
  • the method further includes: if the CPU 1 interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, the CPU 2 further sends a resume instruction to the CPU1, so that the CPU1 continues to interact with the first application through the first user interface;
  • the CPU 1 completes the fourth application After the interaction, a recovery instruction is also sent to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 continues to interact with the third application through the second user interface.
  • the method further includes: according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface, the CPU1 turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system into the background, and The CPU 2 runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; and according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface, the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop launcher or the second operating system Up to the background, and the CPU 1 runs the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • the method further includes: setting the first user interface or the second user interface as a default interface; and each time the power is turned on, the corresponding first desktop launcher or the first one is operated by default An operating system or the second desktop launcher or a second operating system.
  • the terminal by setting a default interface, the terminal only needs to run a specified desktop initiator or operating system when booting, and it is not necessary to run all desktop initiators or operating systems at the same time, thereby helping to reduce the terminal.
  • the terminal can also not set the default interface.
  • booting all the desktop launchers or operating systems are started at the same time, but only one of the user interfaces is displayed, and the others are placed in the background, when the user needs to switch to other
  • the user interface it is not necessary to start the corresponding desktop launcher or operating system in real time, and the switching can be directly performed, which helps to shorten the waiting time of the user and enhance the user experience.
  • FIG. 36 shows a schematic flow chart of a data interaction method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the data interaction method according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 3602, the first processing unit and the second processing unit respectively process different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing The unit is further configured to: directly perform data interaction with the restricted external device in the terminal, and assist the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
  • the process that the first processing unit assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device includes: the first processing unit executes the second processing unit Data forwarding between the restricted external device.
  • the interaction data between the second processing unit and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit controls the data interaction process between the second processing unit and the restricted external device.
  • the processing unit it is also possible to monitor the specific interactive data content, so as to ensure that the data that should be processed by the first processing unit during the interaction between the second processing unit and the restricted external device can be firstly timely.
  • the processing unit discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
  • the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit and the second storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, respectively, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
  • the first processing unit by storing the desktop launcher in the first memory, only the first processing unit can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and on the one hand, when the processing capability of the first processing unit is stronger, it helps to reduce the number The computational burden of the two processing units; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processing unit. Meanwhile, since the first processing unit directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit can control the right of the second processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, the service or data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit are processed.
  • the business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the external device in the terminal forming a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; wherein the second processing unit passes the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processing unit, when the second processing unit needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit implements specific UI interaction with the second processing unit. The control of the process, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processing unit, can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the second processing unit installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and The first processing order Sending an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface;
  • the first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the first a storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
  • the calling process of the display interface by the second processing unit during the installation of the application is described.
  • the second processing unit can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience.
  • the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processing unit.
  • the installation request or other manner is sent to the first processing unit, and the first processing unit can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processing unit always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the first processing unit, an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the first And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and passes the display data to the first processing unit Transfer to the corresponding external device for display.
  • the second processing unit implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit. Since the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, and any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processing unit can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit, and storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator or a first An operating system; the data processed by the second processing unit is stored by the second storage unit, and the second storage unit further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein, the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system; the second processing The unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
  • the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with.
  • the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes
  • the business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit detects a currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, directly performing the interaction, if Sending, to the second processing unit, an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
  • the second processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, if the a second user interface, directly performing an interaction, and if the first user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit will use the first desktop initiator or the first operating system Close or put in the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: according to the received interrupt instruction, the first desktop launcher or the first An operating system is shut down or placed in the background.
  • the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface.
  • the interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here.
  • the method further includes: when the first processing unit interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processing unit The interrupt instruction indicates that the second processing unit wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application And continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, and executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
  • the second processing unit when interacting with the third application by the second user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit, the interrupt instruction indicates that the first processing unit wishes to pass
  • the first user interface interacts with the fourth application, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, in the third application.
  • the interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the program is lower than the fourth application.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
  • the method further includes: if the first processing unit has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting the first application After the interaction, the second processing unit sends a resume instruction to the first processing unit after completing the interaction with the second application, so that the first processing unit continues to pass the first user interface.
  • the first application interacts; and if the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After completing the interaction with the fourth application, the first processing unit further sends a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the second user interface and the third The application interacts.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface Up to the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit is configured according to the first And the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is shut down or placed in the background; the first processing unit receives the interface switching command according to the second user interface. , running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • Figure 37 shows a schematic block diagram of a data interaction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the data interaction system 3700 includes: a first processing unit 3702 and a second processing unit 3704, respectively processing different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing Unit 3702 The method is further configured to: directly perform data interaction with a restricted external device in the terminal, and assist the second processing unit 3704 to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
  • the first processing unit 3702 can Monitoring the data interaction process between the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processing unit 3702 in the interaction data of the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device, or avoiding The first processing unit 3702 and the second processing unit 3704 simultaneously perform data interaction with the restricted external device, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the first processing unit 3702 is configured to: assist the second processing unit 3704 by performing data forwarding between the second processing unit 3704 and the restricted external device. Implementing data interaction with the restricted external device.
  • the interaction data between the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device is directly forwarded by the first processing unit 3702, so that the first processing unit 3702 is controlling the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device.
  • the specific interactive data content can also be monitored to ensure that the data that should be processed by the first processing unit 3702 is involved in the interaction between the second processing unit 3704 and the restricted external device. It is also possible to be discovered by the first processing unit 3702 in time and to block corresponding data interactions.
  • the present invention proposes two specific embodiments based on the functional architecture shown in Fig. 37, which will be described in detail below.
  • the data interaction system 3700 further includes: a first storage unit 3706 and a second storage unit 3708, respectively storing data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit 3704, and the first processing unit
  • the first storage unit 3706 performs a direct operation only
  • the second processing unit 3704 performs a direct operation only on the second storage unit 3708.
  • the first storage unit 3706 further stores a desktop initiator.
  • the second processing unit 3704 implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
  • the first processing unit 3702 by storing the desktop launcher in the first memory, only the first processing unit 3702 can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and on the one hand, when the processing capability of the first processing unit 3702 is stronger, it is helpful.
  • the computing burden of the second processing unit 3704 is reduced; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit 3702 is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit 3702 is more secure than the second processing unit 3704. Thereby, security can be ensured and the destruction or tampering by the application through the second processing unit 3704 can be avoided.
  • the first processing unit 3702 since the first processing unit 3702 directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit 3702 can control the right of the second processing unit 3704 to invoke the desktop launcher, the first processing unit 3702 processes the service or data and the first The services or data processed by the processing unit 3704 can implement independent control requirements and UI interactions respectively, and also help to meet the respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; and the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: pass the first A processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
  • the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are “external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processing unit 3702, when the second processing unit 3704 needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit 3702 needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit 3702 implements the second processing unit. Control of the specific UI interaction process of 3704, any data or instructions that may be involved in processing by the first processing unit 3702, It can be directly monitored by the first processing unit 3702, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
  • the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: install the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit 3708 according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed. And sending an application installation request to the first processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying the corresponding installation screen in the On the display interface, the first processing unit is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request, or receive the configuration information sent by the second processing unit 3704, And storing the configuration information to the first storage unit 3706 for display on the display interface.
  • the process of calling the display interface by the second processing unit 3704 in the process of installing the application is described.
  • the second processing unit 3704 can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related art, and help to improve the user experience.
  • the application installation process is completed in the second processing unit 3704, but the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is sent by the second processing unit 3704.
  • the first processing unit 3702 can be stored in the first memory by using an installation request or other manner, so that the second processing unit 3704 can be directly invoked to directly display the configuration information. While improving the security of the terminal, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption of the terminal.
  • the first processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the
  • the second memory sends an application start instruction to the second processing unit 3704.
  • the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and display data The display is transmitted to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit.
  • the second processing unit 3704 implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit 3702. Since the first processing unit 3702 is more secure than the second processing unit 3704, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processing unit 3702 may be directly monitored by the first processing unit 3702, and correspondingly made in time. The processing helps to improve the security of the terminal.
  • the data interaction system 3700 further includes: a first storage unit 3706, configured to store data processed by the first processing unit, and the first storage unit 3706 further stores a first desktop initiator or a first operating system
  • the second storage unit 3708 is configured to store data processed by the second processing unit 3704, and the second storage unit 3708 further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system
  • the first processing unit is configured to: perform direct operation only on the first storage unit 3706, and perform user interface interaction by running the first desktop launcher or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system
  • the second processing unit 3704 is configured to: directly perform the direct operation on the second storage unit 3708, and display the second user interface after running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, Perform user interface interactions.
  • the first desktop initiator or the first operating system is stored in the first storage unit 3706
  • the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit 3708, so that only the first processing is performed.
  • the unit can directly invoke the first desktop launcher or the first operating system
  • only the second processing unit 3704 can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system). Sex, avoid being damaged or tampered with.
  • the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system
  • the second processing unit 3704 invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit.
  • the services handled by the 3704 can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface is directly Perform interaction, if it is The second user interface sends an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit 3704, causing the second processing unit 3704 to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction; as well as
  • the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the first user interface, Sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operation
  • the first processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
  • the second processing unit 3704 can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface.
  • the user interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving the second processing An interrupt instruction of the unit 3704, the interrupt instruction indicating that the second processing unit 3704 wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and the priority of the first application is higher than the first In the case of two applications, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, and the interrupt instruction is executed if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
  • the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the A processing unit desires to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, The interrupt instruction is executed when the third application has a lower priority than the fourth application.
  • the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit 3704 is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are many In the case of multiple processing units and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized for better terminal operation management.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: if the second processing unit 3704 has a lower priority than the fourth application in the third application And interrupting the interaction with the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, sending a resume instruction to the second processing unit 3704, so that the second processing unit 3704 continues to pass The second user interface interacts with the third application;
  • the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: if the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, a resume instruction is further sent to the first processing unit to cause the first processing unit to continue interacting with the first application through the first user interface.
  • the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: use the interface switching command received by the first user interface to perform the first desktop initiator or the first operation The system is shut down or placed in the background; the second processing unit 3704 runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing The unit 3704 is further configured to: receive according to the second user interface The interface switching command, the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is closed or placed in the background; the first processing unit runs the first according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface A desktop launcher or first operating system.
  • the interface switching may be manually issued.
  • the instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
  • the present invention provides a terminal, a data interaction method and a data interaction system, which can make different types of data in the terminal be processed by different processors. And assisting the data interaction between the second processor (or the second processing unit) and the restricted external device by the first processor (or the first processing unit), limiting the direct interaction between the two, avoiding the second processing
  • the interaction data of the external device of the restriction class and the external device have data that should be processed by the first processor, which effectively improves the security of the terminal.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying relative importance.
  • the term “plurality” refers to two or more, unless specifically defined otherwise.

Abstract

A terminal comprises: a first processor and a second processor used to process different types of data inside the terminal respectively; a restricted external device only connected to the first processor; wherein, the second processor and the restricted external device realizes the interaction process with the assistance from the first processor. A data interaction method and a data interaction system are also provided. By technical solutions above, different processor can be used to process different types of data inside the terminal, and the direct interaction between the second processor and restricted external device is restricted by using the first processor to assist the data interaction between the second processor and the restricted external device, avoiding the data which should be processed by the first processor existing in the interaction data of the second processor and restricted external device, and the safety of the terminal can be effectively enhanced.

Description

终端、 数据交互方法和数据交互系统 技术领域  Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system
本发明涉及数据安全技术领域, 具体而言, 涉及一种终端、 一种数据交互方法和一种数 据交互系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of data security technologies, and in particular, to a terminal, a data interaction method, and a data interaction system. Background technique
如图 1 所示, 终端中安装有很多外设 (即外部设备 102 ) , 比如显示屏、 触摸屏、 照相 机、 按键、 通信模块、 传感器模块等。 在相关技术中, 终端内仅设置有单个处理器 (图 1 中 所示的 CPU ) , 则该处理器能够在任意应用程序的控制下, 向任意外设发送数据, 也可以接 收来自任意外设的数据, 则当终端内存在一些具有过高权限的应用程序时, 尤其是来源不定 的第三方应用程序, 则这些应用程序能够轻易地控制终端中仅有的处理器, 来调用其中的任 意数据, 包括重要的、 私密的数据, 甚至任意上传至其他终端或服务器。 同时, 由于该仅有 的处理器所处理的所有数据都处于相同的存储空间 (图 1 中所示的 RAM和 ROM ) 中, 因而 上述应用程序还极可能通过简单的破解技术, 即可从该存储空间内获取任意数据。 因此, 对 于终端内的应用程序, 特别是当终端内的某些第三方应用程序, 是来自一些别有用心的黑客 或个人信息贩卖者的时候, 将导致终端内的数据, 尤其是用户信息等私密数据, 处于极为不 安全的状态下。  As shown in Figure 1, a number of peripherals (i.e., external devices 102) are installed in the terminal, such as a display screen, a touch screen, a camera, a button, a communication module, a sensor module, and the like. In the related art, only a single processor (the CPU shown in FIG. 1) is provided in the terminal, and the processor can transmit data to any peripheral device under the control of any application, and can also receive any peripheral device. Data, when there are some applications with excessive permissions in the terminal, especially third-party applications with uncertain sources, these applications can easily control the only processor in the terminal to call any data in it. , including important, private data, and even arbitrarily uploaded to other terminals or servers. At the same time, since all the data processed by the only processor is in the same storage space (RAM and ROM shown in Figure 1), the above application is also likely to be able to pass the simple cracking technique. Get any data in the storage space. Therefore, for applications in the terminal, especially when some third-party applications in the terminal come from some hackers or personal information vendors with ulterior motives, it will lead to data in the terminal, especially private data such as user information. , in an extremely unsafe state.
所以, 如何解决单个处理器给终端带来的数据安全问题, 成为目前亟待解决的技术问 题。 发明内容  Therefore, how to solve the data security problem brought by a single processor to the terminal has become a technical problem to be solved at present. Summary of the invention
本发明正是基于上述问题, 提出了一种新的技术方案, 可以使终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器进行处理, 并且通过由第一处理器对第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的 数据交互进行协助, 限制两者的直接交互, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备的交互数据中 存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 有效提升了终端的安全性。  The invention is based on the above problems, and proposes a new technical solution, which can make different types of data in the terminal be processed by different processors, and by the first processor to the second processor and the restricted class external The data interaction between the devices is assisted, and the direct interaction between the two is restricted, and the data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restricted external device is avoided, thereby effectively improving the security of the terminal.
有鉴于此, 本发明提出了一种终端, 包括: 第一处理器和第二处理器, 分别用于对所述 终端内不同类型的数据进行处理; 限制类外部设备, 仅连接至所述第一处理器; 其中, 所述 第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备通过所述第一处理器的协助实现交互过程。  In view of this, the present invention provides a terminal, including: a first processor and a second processor, respectively configured to process different types of data in the terminal; and limit external devices, only connected to the first a processor; wherein the second processor and the restricted external device implement an interaction process by using the assistance of the first processor.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备仅连接至第一处理器, 并由第一处理器协助第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过 程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理器的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于降低第二处理器的处理负 担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器能够对第二 处理器与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备 的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处理器和第二处理器同 时与限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. At the same time, by connecting the restriction-type external device only to the first processor, and assisting the data exchange process between the second processor and the restriction-type external device by the first processor, on the one hand, when the computing power of the first processor is more When it is powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor can limit the second processor and the second processor Monitoring the data interaction process between the external devices of the class, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restriction type external device, or avoiding the simultaneous processing of the first processor and the second processor Data interaction with restricted external devices helps to improve the security of the terminal.
需要说明的是, 第一处理器和第二处理器并不用于限制终端内的处理器数量为两个, 而 终端内实际上显然可以包含更多的处理器。 其中, "第一" 和 "第二" 代表了终端内的任意 两个处理器之间的相互关系, 用于区分任意两个被进行比较的处理器。 比如对于包含有 3 个 处理器的终端, 当选取处理器 1和处理器 2进行比较时, 可以将处理器 1和处理器 2中的任 一个称为 "第一处理器" , 另一个为 "第二处理器" ; 而当选取处理器 2和处理器 3 进行比 较时, 可以将处理器 2 和处理器 3 中的任一个称为 "第一处理器" , 另一个为 "第二处理 器" , 依此类推。 It should be noted that the first processor and the second processor are not used to limit the number of processors in the terminal to two, and it is obvious that more processors can be included in the terminal. Among them, "first" and "second" represent the relationship between any two processors in the terminal, and are used to distinguish any two processors that are compared. For example, there are 3 The terminal of the processor, when the processor 1 and the processor 2 are selected for comparison, any one of the processor 1 and the processor 2 may be referred to as a "first processor" and the other as a "second processor"; When processor 2 and processor 3 are selected for comparison, either processor 2 and processor 3 may be referred to as a "first processor" and the other as a "second processor", and so on.
当然, 为了增强终端的处理能力, 可以使用多个处理器来处理同一类数据, 则这多个处 理器应该被视为一个处理器组, 则 "第一处理器" 和 "第二处理器" 实际上还可以表示用于 处理相同类型的数据的处理器组, 每个处理器组内包含有一个或多个处理器。 同时, 为了对 应于更多类型的数据, 终端内显然还可以存在更多的处理器组, 比如 "第三处理器组" 、 "第四处理器组,' 等。  Of course, in order to enhance the processing capability of the terminal, multiple processors can be used to process the same type of data, and the multiple processors should be treated as one processor group, then the "first processor" and the "second processor". It is also possible to actually represent a processor group for processing the same type of data, each processor group containing one or more processors. At the same time, in order to respond to more types of data, there may obviously be more processor groups in the terminal, such as "third processor group", "fourth processor group," and the like.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器用于: 执行所述第二处理器和所述限制类 外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助实现所述第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备之间的交互过 程。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the first processor is configured to: perform data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device to assist in implementing the second processor and the limitation The process of interaction between external devices of a class.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理器直接对第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的交互数据 进行转发, 使得第一处理器在控制第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过程的同时, 还 能够对具体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保第二处理器与限制类外部设备的交互过程 中, 即便涉及到应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 也可以及时被第一处理器发现并阻止相 应的数据交互。  In the technical solution, the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device. At the same time, it is also possible to monitor the specific interactive data content, so as to ensure that the second processor interacts with the restricted external device, even if it involves data that should be processed by the first processor, it can be first The processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 接收所有来自所述限制类外 部设备的数据, 直接处理对应于所述第一处理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第二处理器 的类型的数据传输至所述第二处理器; 以及将接收到的来自所述第二处理器的数据转发至所 述限制类外部设备。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the first processor is further configured to: receive all data from the restricted external device, directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and Data corresponding to the type of the second processor is transmitted to the second processor; and the received data from the second processor is forwarded to the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 当限制类外部设备无法对数据进行类型识别时, 可以将所有数据都发 送至第一处理器, 并由第一处理器执行类型识别和数据分配。 一方面, 当第一处理器的处理 能力更强时, 有助于降低限制类外部设备和第二处理器的运算负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理 器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对于第二处理器而言更为安全, 因而 将所有数据都发送至第一处理器, 就能够避免原本应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据被发送 至第二处理器, 就能够在物理上隔离非法应用程序基于第二处理器对重要、 私密数据 (或其 他任意由第一处理器进行处理的数据) 的获取和利用, 从而确保了终端的数据安全。  In this technical solution, when the restriction type external device cannot perform type identification on the data, all data can be transmitted to the first processor, and type identification and data distribution are performed by the first processor. On the one hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, it helps to reduce the computational burden of the restricted external device and the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and private. When stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, so that all data is sent to the first processor, so that data that should be processed by the first processor can be prevented from being sent to the first The second processor is capable of physically isolating the acquisition and utilization of important, private data (or any other data processed by the first processor) by the second processor based on the second processor, thereby ensuring data security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器由第一外设接口实现与所述限制类外 部设备的连接和交互, 并由第一转发接口实现与所述第二处理器的连接, 则所述第一处理器 还用于: 通过配置闭合所述第一转发接口与所述第一外设接口之间的连接, 或在所述第一转 发接口与所述第一外设接口之间配置建立 DMA 传输通道, 以协助实现所述第二处理器与所 述限制类外部设备的连接和交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the first processor implements connection and interaction with the restricted external device by using a first peripheral interface, and is implemented by the first forwarding interface and the second processor. The first processor is further configured to: close a connection between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface by configuring, or in the first forwarding interface and the first outer The DMA transmission channel is configured to be configured between the interfaces to assist in the connection and interaction between the second processor and the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 通过直接在第二处理器和限制类外部设备之间建立数据传输通道, 或 通过在第一处理器中建立相应的 DMA 传输通道, 实现对第一处理器的数据传输总线的调 用, 实现了第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互。 由于是第一处理器来建立上述数据传 输通道或 DMA 传输通道, 使得第一处理器仍然实现了对第二处理器和限制类外部设备之间 的交互过程的控制, 并且避免了第一处理器和第二处理器的处理数据的交叉, 避免数据的非 法获取或外泄。  In the technical solution, the data transmission bus to the first processor is realized by establishing a data transmission channel directly between the second processor and the restriction type external device, or by establishing a corresponding DMA transmission channel in the first processor. The call implements data interaction between the second processor and the restricted class external device. Since the first processor is configured to establish the above data transmission channel or DMA transmission channel, the first processor still implements control of the interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device, and avoids the first processor Intersect with the processing data of the second processor to avoid illegal acquisition or leakage of data.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 在所述第二处理器与所述限 制类外部设备未处于连接状态时, 接收所有来自所述限制类外部设备的数据, 直接处理对应 于所述第一处理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据通过所述第一转 发接口传输至所述第二处理器。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the first processor is further configured to: receive all external devices from the restricted type when the second processor and the restricted external device are not in a connected state. Data, directly processing data corresponding to the type of the first processor, and transmitting data corresponding to the type of the second processor to the second processor through the first forwarding interface.
在该技术方案中, 由于需要由第一处理器来配置建立第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间 的数据传输通道或 DMA 传输通道, 但第一处理器并不能够确定限制类外部设备何时向第二 处理器发送数据, 因而在第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间尚未建立连接时, 可以由第一处 理器接收都有的数据, 并将对应于第二处理器的数据直接传输给第二处理器, 确保任意时刻 都能够协助完成第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互。 In this technical solution, due to the need to be configured by the first processor to establish a relationship between the second processor and the restricted external device Data transmission channel or DMA transmission channel, but the first processor is not able to determine when the restricted external device sends data to the second processor, and thus, when a connection has not been established between the second processor and the restricted external device, The first processor can receive all the data, and the data corresponding to the second processor is directly transmitted to the second processor, ensuring that the data between the second processor and the restricted external device can be assisted at any time. Interaction.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 共享类外部设备, 连接至所述第一处理器和 所述第二处理器; 其中, 当所述第一处理器与所述共享类外部设备进行交互时, 所述第二处 理器与所述共享类外部设备的通路处于断开状态; 当所述第二处理器与所述共享类外部设备 进行交互时, 所述第一处理器与所述共享类外部设备的通路处于断开状态。  In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: a shared external device connected to the first processor and the second processor; wherein, when the first processor is external to the shared class When the device interacts, the path of the second processor and the shared external device is in an off state; when the second processor interacts with the shared external device, the first processor and the first processor The path of the shared external device is in an open state.
在该技术方案中, 由于共享类外部设备直接连接至第一处理器和第二处理器, 因而通过 对通路的连接和切断的控制, 使得同一时间内, 仅有第一处理器或第二处理器与共享类外部 设备相连, 避免数据交叉, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, since the shared external device is directly connected to the first processor and the second processor, by controlling the connection and disconnection of the path, only the first processor or the second process is performed at the same time. The device is connected to a shared external device to avoid data crossover, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 线路切换装置, 一端连接至所述共享类外部 设备, 另一端分别连接至所述第一处理器和所述第二处理器, 用于实现所述第一处理器或所 述第二处理器与所述共享类外部设备之间通路的保持或断开; 其中, 当所述共享类外部设备 与所述第一处理器进行交互时, 所述线路切换装置断开所述共享类外部设备与所述第二处理 器之间的通路, 当所述共享类外部设备与所述第二处理器进行交互时, 所述线路切换装置断 开所述共享类外部设备与所述第一处理器之间的通路。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: a line switching device, one end is connected to the shared external device, and the other end is connected to the first processor and the second processor, respectively, for implementing Holding or disconnecting a path between the first processor or the second processor and the shared external device; wherein, when the shared external device interacts with the first processor, The line switching device disconnects a path between the shared external device and the second processor, and when the shared external device interacts with the second processor, the line switching device disconnects A path between the shared class external device and the first processor.
在该技术方案中, 通过线路切换装置, 使得通过物理开关器件来控制第一处理器和第二 处理器与共享类外部设备的交互过程, 在物理上对不同类型的数据与共享类外部设备的交互 进行隔离, 避免同时交互时导致其中的数据、 尤其是重要或私密的数据容易被获取和外泄的 问题。  In this technical solution, the circuit switching device is configured to control the interaction process between the first processor and the second processor and the shared external device through the physical switching device, physically different types of data and the shared external device Interacting isolation to avoid the problem that data, especially important or private data, is easily acquired and leaked when interacting at the same time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述线路切换装置用于: 根据从控制端口接收到的第 一切换指令, 判定所述第一处理器需要与所述共享类外部设备进行交互, 根据从所述控制端 口接收到的第二切换指令, 判定所述第二处理器需要与所述共享类外部设备进行交互; 其 中:  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the line switching device is configured to: determine, according to the first switching instruction received from the control port, that the first processor needs to interact with the shared external device, according to Determining, by the second switching instruction received from the control port, that the second processor needs to interact with the shared external device; wherein:
当所述第一处理器连接至所述控制端口时, 若所述第一处理器需要与所述共享类外部设 备进行交互, 则直接向所述控制端口发送所述第一切换指令, 若所述第二处理器需要与所述 共享类外部设备进行交互, 则向所述第一处理器发送所述第二切换指令, 以由所述第一处理 器转发至所述控制端口; 当所述第二处理器连接至所述控制端口时, 若所述第二处理器需要 与所述共享类外部设备进行交互, 则直接向所述控制端口发送所述第二切换指令, 若所述第 一处理器需要与所述共享类外部设备进行交互, 则向所述第二处理器发送所述第一切换指 令, 以由所述第二处理器转发至所述控制端口。  When the first processor is connected to the control port, if the first processor needs to interact with the shared external device, send the first switching instruction directly to the control port, if The second processor needs to interact with the shared external device, and then send the second switching instruction to the first processor to be forwarded by the first processor to the control port; When the second processor is connected to the control port, if the second processor needs to interact with the shared external device, the second switching instruction is directly sent to the control port, if the first The processor needs to interact with the shared external device, and sends the first switching instruction to the second processor to be forwarded by the second processor to the control port.
在该技术方案中, 控制端口是用于对线路切换装置的线路切换动作直接进行控制的。 第 一处理器可以为终端内用于处理重要、 私密类型的数据的处理器, 从而第一处理器是相对于 终端内的其他处理器的 "安全处理器" , 由第一处理器对线路切换装置进行控制时, 既能够 完成数据的传输, 又能够确保终端的数据安全性, 从物理上使得非法应用程序无法通过第二 处理器等对线路切换装置进行控制, 避免第一处理器处理的数据被非法应用程序获取。 或 者, 也可以由第二处理器连接至控制端口, 并控制线路切换装置的切换操作。  In this technical solution, the control port is used to directly control the line switching action of the line switching device. The first processor may be a processor in the terminal for processing important, private types of data, such that the first processor is a "secure processor" with respect to other processors within the terminal, and the first processor switches the line When the device performs control, it can complete the data transmission and ensure the data security of the terminal, and physically prevent the illegal application from controlling the line switching device through the second processor or the like, and avoid the data processed by the first processor. Obtained by an illegal application. Alternatively, the second processor may be connected to the control port and control the switching operation of the line switching device.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述线路切换装置还用于: 在检测到所述共享类外部 设备需要传输的数据为所述第一处理器对应的数据类型的情况下, 判定所述共享类外部设备 需要与所述第一处理器进行交互; 在检测到所述共享类外部设备需要传输的数据为所述第二 处理器对应的数据类型的情况下, 判定所述共享类外部设备需要与所述第二处理器进行交 互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the line switching device is further configured to: when detecting that the data to be transmitted by the shared external device is a data type corresponding to the first processor, determine The shared external device needs to interact with the first processor; and when it is detected that the data to be transmitted by the shared external device is the data type corresponding to the second processor, determining the external of the shared class The device needs to interact with the second processor.
在该技术方案中, 线路切换装置通过对共享类外部设备需要传输的数据进行类型辨识, 直接对线路进行切换, 从而实现对数据的传输方向进行控制, 确保数据类型与具体被传输至 的处理器之间相互对应, 避免由于数据被错误传输至不对应的处理器而导致数据被窃取等安 全问题的发生。 In the technical solution, the line switching device performs type identification on data that needs to be transmitted by the shared external device. Directly switch the line, so as to control the data transmission direction, ensure that the data type and the processor to be transmitted to each other correspond to each other, to avoid data being stolen due to incorrect transmission of data to the uncorresponding processor. Security issues occur.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器用于: 在所述第二处理器与所述共享 类外部设备进行交互时, 将自身连接至所述共享类外部设备的端口设置成高阻状态; 所述第 二处理器用于: 在所述第一处理器与所述共享类外部设备进行交互时, 将自身连接至所述共 享类外部设备的端口设置成高阻状态。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the first processor is configured to: when the second processor interacts with the shared external device, connect itself to a port setting of the shared external device. And the second processor is configured to: when the first processor interacts with the shared external device, set a port that is itself connected to the shared external device to a high impedance state.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理器或第二处理器对端口电平的置位, 控制其与共享类外 部设备的物理连接关系, 在物理上与第二处理器或第一处理器和共享类外部设备的交互进行 隔离, 避免由于多个处理器同时与共享类外部设备处于线路连通状态而导致数据容易被获取 和外泄的问题。  In the technical solution, the port level is set by the first processor or the second processor, and the physical connection relationship with the shared external device is controlled, and physically connected to the second processor or the first processor and The interaction of the external devices of the shared class is isolated to avoid the problem that data is easily acquired and leaked due to the fact that multiple processors are in a line connection state with the shared external device at the same time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 非限制类外部设备, 仅连接至所述第二处理 器; 其中, 所述第一处理器和所述非限制类外部设备通过所述第二处理器的协助实现交互过 程。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: an unrestricted external device connected only to the second processor; wherein, the first processor and the non-restricted external device pass the The second processor assists in the interaction process.
在该技术方案中, 由第二处理器来控制第一处理器与非限制类外部设备的交互过程, 同 样能够确保第一处理器和第二处理器所处理的数据在物理上被隔离, 避免数据交叉导致的数 据窃取或外泄。  In this technical solution, the interaction process between the first processor and the non-restricted external device is controlled by the second processor, and the data processed by the first processor and the second processor are also ensured to be physically isolated, thereby avoiding Data theft or leakage caused by data crossover.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器用于: 执行所述第一处理器和所述非 限制类外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助实现所述第一处理器和所述非限制类外部设备之间 的交互过程。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the second processor is configured to: perform data forwarding between the first processor and the non-restricted external device to assist in implementing the first processor and The process of interaction between the non-restricted external devices.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理器直接对第一处理器与非限制类外部设备之间的交互数据进 行转发。 由于第二处理器只是实现数据的类型识别和转发, 因而仍然能够确保第一处理器和 第二处理器的数据隔离。  In the technical solution, the second processor directly forwards the interaction data between the first processor and the non-restricted external device. Since the second processor only implements type identification and forwarding of data, it is still possible to ensure data isolation between the first processor and the second processor.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 接收所有来自所述非限制类 外部设备的数据, 直接处理对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第一处理 器的类型的数据传输至所述第一处理器; 以及将接收到的来自所述第一处理器的数据转发至 所述非限制类外部设备。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the second processor is further configured to: receive all data from the non-restricted external device, directly process data corresponding to a type of the second processor, and Transmitting data corresponding to the type of the first processor to the first processor; and forwarding the received data from the first processor to the non-restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 当非限制类外部设备无法对数据进行类型识别时, 可以将所有数据都 发送至第二处理器, 并由第二处理器执行类型识别和数据分配。 当第二处理器的处理能力更 强时, 有助于降低非限制类外部设备和第一处理器的运算负担。 同时, 通过对数据的类型识 别和转发, 实现了不同类型的数据在物理上被隔离处理, 从而确保了终端的数据安全。  In this technical solution, when the non-restricted external device cannot perform type identification on the data, all data can be sent to the second processor, and the second processor performs type identification and data distribution. When the processing power of the second processor is stronger, it helps to reduce the computational burden of the non-limiting external device and the first processor. At the same time, by identifying and forwarding data types, different types of data are physically isolated, thus ensuring data security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 将所有来自所述非限制类外 部设备的数据直接转发至所述第一处理器, 并将接收到的来自所述第一处理器的交互数据转 发至所述非限制类外部设备; 以及所述第一处理器还用于: 直接处理对应于所述第一处理器 的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据返回所述第二处理器。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the second processor is further configured to: forward all data from the non-restricted external device directly to the first processor, and receive the received source The interaction data of the first processor is forwarded to the non-restricted external device; and the first processor is further configured to: directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and correspond to the Data of the type of the second processor is returned to the second processor.
在该技术方案中, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对 于第二处理器而言更为安全, 因而将所有数据都发送至第一处理器, 就能够避免原本应当由 第一处理器进行处理的数据被发送至第二处理器, 就能够在物理上隔离非法应用程序基于第 二处理器对重要、 私密数据 (或其他任意由第一处理器进行处理的数据) 的获取和利用, 从 而确保了终端的数据安全。  In this technical solution, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and thus all data is sent to the first processing. The ability to prevent data that should otherwise be processed by the first processor from being sent to the second processor is capable of physically isolating the illegal application based on the second processor pair of important, private data (or any other by the first The acquisition and utilization of the data processed by the processor ensures the data security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器由第二外设接口实现与所述非限制类 外部设备的连接和交互, 并由第二转发接口实现与所述第一处理器的连接, 则所述第二处理 器还用于: 通过配置闭合所述第二转发接口与所述第二外设接口之间的连接, 或在所述第二 转发接口与所述第二外设接口之间配置建立 DMA 传输通道, 以协助实现所述第一处理器与 所述非限制类外部设备的连接和交互。 In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the second processor implements a connection and interaction with the non-restricted external device by using a second peripheral interface, and is implemented by the second forwarding interface and the first processing. The second processor is further configured to: close a connection between the second forwarding interface and the second peripheral interface by configuration, or at the second forwarding interface and the second Configuring a DMA transmission channel between the peripheral interfaces to assist in implementing the first processor and The connection and interaction of the non-restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 通过直接在第一处理器和非限制类外部设备之间建立数据传输通道, 或通过在第二处理器中建立相应的 DMA 传输通道, 实现对第二处理器的数据传输总线的调 用, 实现了第一处理器与非限制类外部设备的数据交互。 通过建立相对独立的传输通道, 使 得避免了第一处理器和第二处理器的处理数据的交叉, 避免数据的非法获取或外泄。  In this technical solution, data transmission to the second processor is realized by establishing a data transmission channel directly between the first processor and the non-restricted external device, or by establishing a corresponding DMA transmission channel in the second processor. The bus call enables data interaction between the first processor and an unrestricted external device. By establishing a relatively independent transmission channel, the intersection of the processing data of the first processor and the second processor is avoided, and illegal acquisition or leakage of data is avoided.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 在所述第一处理器与所述非 限制类外部设备未处于连接状态时, 接收所有来自所述非限制类外部设备的数据, 直接处理 对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第一处理器的类型的数据通过所述第 二转发接口传输至所述第一处理器。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the second processor is further configured to: when the first processor and the non-restricted external device are not in a connected state, receive all from the unrestricted class Data of the external device directly processes data corresponding to the type of the second processor, and transmits data corresponding to the type of the first processor to the first processor through the second forwarding interface.
在该技术方案中, 由于需要由第二处理器来配置建立第一处理器与非限制类外部设备之 间的数据传输通道或 DMA 传输通道, 但第二处理器并不能够确定非限制类外部设备何时向 第一处理器发送数据, 因而在第一处理器与非限制类外部设备之间尚未建立连接时, 可以由 第二处理器接收都有的数据, 并将对应于第一处理器的数据直接传输给第一处理器, 确保任 意时刻都能够协助完成第一处理器与非限制类外部设备之间的数据交互。  In this technical solution, since the second processor is configured to establish a data transmission channel or a DMA transmission channel between the first processor and the non-restricted external device, the second processor is not able to determine the non-restricted external type. When the device sends data to the first processor, so when the connection between the first processor and the non-restricted external device is not established, the data can be received by the second processor and corresponding to the first processor The data is transmitted directly to the first processor, ensuring that data interaction between the first processor and the unrestricted external device can be assisted at any time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 在所述第一处理器与所述非 限制类外部设备未处于连接状态时, 将所有来自所述非限制类外部设备的数据直接通过所述 第二转发接口转发至所述第一处理器; 所述第一处理器还用于: 直接处理对应于所述第一处 理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据通过所述第二转发接口返回所 述第二处理器。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the second processor is further configured to: when the first processor and the non-restricted external device are not in a connected state, all from the unrestricted class The data of the external device is directly forwarded to the first processor by using the second forwarding interface; the first processor is further configured to: directly process data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and corresponding to The data of the type of the second processor is returned to the second processor through the second forwarding interface.
在该技术方案中, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对 于第二处理器而言更为安全, 因而将所有数据都发送至第一处理器, 就能够避免原本应当由 第一处理器进行处理的数据被发送至第二处理器, 就能够在物理上隔离非法应用程序基于第 二处理器对重要、 私密数据 (或其他任意由第一处理器进行处理的数据) 的获取和利用, 从 而确保了终端的数据安全。  In this technical solution, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and thus all data is sent to the first processing. The ability to prevent data that should otherwise be processed by the first processor from being sent to the second processor is capable of physically isolating the illegal application based on the second processor pair of important, private data (or any other by the first The acquisition and utilization of the data processed by the processor ensures the data security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 第一存储器, 仅连接至所述第一处理器, 用 于对所述第一处理器处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储器中还存储有桌面启动器; 第二 存储器, 仅连接至所述第二处理器, 用于对所述第二处理器处理的数据进行存储; 其中, 所 述第二处理器通过所述第一处理器实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: a first memory connected to the first processor, configured to store data processed by the first processor, and in the first memory And storing a desktop initiator; the second memory is only connected to the second processor, and is configured to store data processed by the second processor; wherein, the second processor passes the first processing The device implements a call to the desktop launcher.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储器中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理器能够直接 调用桌面启动器, 一方面, 当第一处理器的处理能力更强时, 有助于降低第二处理器的运算 负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对于第 二处理器而言更为安全, 从而能够确保安全性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处理器执行的破 坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理器直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理器能够对第二处理器 调用该桌面启动器的权限进行控制, 则第一处理器处理的业务或数据和第二处理器处理的业 务或数据, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从 而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In the technical solution, the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced. The computational burden of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor. Meanwhile, since the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed. The business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 其中, 所述第二处理器还用于: 通过所述第一处理器实现与所述显示 界面的交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the external device in the terminal is configured to form a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked, where the second processor is further configured to: pass the first A processor implements interaction with the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显示。 由 于外部设备仅连接至第一处理器, 则当第二处理器需要进行 UI交互时, 需要由第一处理器进 行数据的转发, 则第一处理器实现了对第二处理器的具体 UI交互过程的控制, 任何可能涉及 到需要由第一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应 的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。 In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may be involved in processing by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor and promptly responded accordingly The handling helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 在接收到对待安装应用程序 的安装指令时, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储器, 并向所述第一处理器发送应 用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理器传输至相应的外 部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 所述第一处理器还用于: 从所述应 用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所述第二处理器发送的所述配置 信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储器, 以用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the second processor is further configured to: when receiving the installation instruction of the application to be installed, install the to-be-installed application to the second memory, and The first processor sends an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmits installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processor, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface. The first processor is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receive the configuration information sent by the second processor, and configure the configuration information Stored to the first memory for display on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理器在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过 程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理器既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减小 与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程序 安装过程都是在第二处理器中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一直显 示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理器将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式发送给 第一处理器, 则第一处理器可以存储至第一存储器中, 从而无需第二处理器一直调用用户界 面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终端不必要的资 源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. Wherein, since the application installation process is completed in the second processor, the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor. The installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操 作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则 向所述第二处理器发送应用启动指令; 所述第二处理器还用于: 根据所述应用启动指令, 启 动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理器传输至相应的外部设备进行显 示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processor is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the The second memory is configured to send an application start instruction to the second processor, where the second processor is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and pass the display data through the first A processor transmits to the corresponding external device for display.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理器通过第一处理器的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行过程 中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理器比第二处理器更安全, 且任何可能涉及到需要由第 一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因 而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In the technical solution, the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 第一存储器, 仅连接至所述第一处理器, 用 于对所述第一处理器处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储器中还存储有第一桌面启动器或 第一操作系统; 第二存储器, 仅连接至所述第二处理器, 用于对所述第二处理器处理的数据 进行存储, 且所述第二存储器中还存储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述第一 处理器通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执行用 户界面交互; 所述第二处理器通过运行所述第二桌面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的 第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: a first memory connected to the first processor, configured to store data processed by the first processor, and in the first memory Also storing a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; a second memory connected only to the second processor for storing data processed by the second processor, and in the second memory Storing a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein the first processor executes the user interface by running the first desktop launcher or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system The second processor performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储单元中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在第二 存储单元中存储第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接调用第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有第二处理单元能够直接调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 第二处理单元调用第二桌面启 动器或第二操作系统, 使得第一处理单元处理的业务和第二处理单元处理的业务, 能够分别 实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性 和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with. At the same time, because the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes The business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互 时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用 户界面, 则向所述第二处理器发送中断指令, 使所述第二处理器将所述第二桌面启动器或第 二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处理器 还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后 台; 以及 In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processor is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect a currently displayed user interface, and if the first user interface is If the second user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the second processor, causing the second processor to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the The first desktop launcher or the first operating system; the second processor is further configured to: close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the received interrupt instruction Taiwan; and
所述第二处理器还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为 所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理器发送中 断指令, 使所述第一处理器将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行 所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。  The second processor is further configured to: when the user interface needs to be interacted, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the first user interface, The first processor sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processor to shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system The first processor is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI交互的过程中, 第一 处理单元仍可以通过发送界面切换指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户界面切换 至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一些可能更 为重要的处理任务或业务。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. The interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here. By properly switching the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 在通过所述第一用户界面与 第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第二处理器的界面切换指令, 所述界面切换指 令表示所述第二处理器希望通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一 应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第 一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系 统关闭或放至后台, 以由所述第二处理器启动所述第二用户界面; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processor is further configured to: receive an interface from the second processor when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface a switching instruction, where the interface switching instruction indicates that the second processor wishes to interact with the second application by using the second user interface, and the priority of the first application is higher than the second application In the case of continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, in a case where the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, the first desktop launcher or the first operating system is turned off or placed a background to activate the second user interface by the second processor;
所述第二处理器还用于: 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收 到来自所述第一处理器的界面切换指令, 所述界面切换指令表示所述第一处理器希望通过所 述第一用户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应 用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四 应用程序的情况下, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 以由所述第二 处理器启动所述第二用户界面。  The second processor is further configured to: when receiving an interface switching instruction from the first processor when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interface switching instruction indicates the The first processor hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In a case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the first desktop launcher or the first operating system is turned off or placed in the background to be booted by the second processor The second user interface.
在该技术方案中, 通过对第一处理单元和第二处理单元需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业 务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单 元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要 数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理器还用于: 若所述第一处理器在所述第 一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则在完成 与所述第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第一处理器发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理器继 续通过所述第一用户界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互; 以及所述第一处理器还用于: 若所 述第二处理器在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用 程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理器发送恢复指 令, 使所述第二处理器继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the second processor is further configured to: if the first processor has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting The interaction of the first application, after completing the interaction with the second application, sending a resume instruction to the first processor, so that the first processor continues to pass the first user interface. Interacting with the first application; and the first processor is further configured to: if the second processor has a lower priority than the fourth application in the third application, interrupting The interaction of the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, is further sent a recovery instruction to the second processor, so that the second processor continues to pass the second user interface. Interacting with the third application.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据所述第一用户界面接收 到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处理 器还用于: 根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或 第二操作系统; 以及所述第二处理器还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命 令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据 所述第二用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processor is further configured to: shut down the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to an interface switching command received by the first user interface Putting in the background; the second processor is further configured to: run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing The device is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; the first processor is further configured to: The interface switching command received by the second user interface is executed to run the first desktop initiator or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。 In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to his actual needs, and the application needs to use another user interface different from the current user interface for UI interaction, the user can manually issue the boundary. The face switching instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
本发明还提出了一种数据交互方法, 包括: 由第一处理单元和第二处理单元分别对终端 内不同类型的数据进行处理; 其中, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 直接与所述终端内的限制类 外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互。  The present invention also provides a data interaction method, including: processing, by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, different types of data in the terminal; wherein the first processing unit is further configured to: directly The restriction-type external device in the terminal performs data interaction, and assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted-type external device.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备仅连接至第一处理器, 并由第一处理器协助第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过 程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理器的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于降低第二处理器的处理负 担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器能够对第二 处理器与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备 的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处理器和第二处理器同 时与限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. At the same time, by connecting the restriction-type external device only to the first processor, and assisting the data exchange process between the second processor and the restriction-type external device by the first processor, on the one hand, when the computing power of the first processor is more When it is powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor can limit the second processor and the second processor Monitoring the data interaction process between the external devices of the class, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restriction type external device, or avoiding the simultaneous processing of the first processor and the second processor Data interaction with restricted external devices helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制 类外部设备的数据交互的过程包括: 所述第一处理单元执行所述第二处理器和所述限制类外 部设备之间的数据转发。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the process that the first processing unit assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device includes: the first processing unit executes the second processor Data forwarding between the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理器直接对第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的交互数据 进行转发, 使得第一处理器在控制第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过程的同时, 还 能够对具体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保第二处理器与限制类外部设备的交互过程 中, 即便涉及到应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 也可以及时被第一处理器发现并阻止相 应的数据交互。  In the technical solution, the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device. At the same time, it is also possible to monitor the specific interactive data content, so as to ensure that the second processor interacts with the restricted external device, even if it involves data that should be processed by the first processor, it can be first The processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 由第一存储单元和第二存储单元分别对所述 第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一 存储单元进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作; 其中, 所 述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现对 所述桌面启动器的调用。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit and the second storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, respectively, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储器中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理器能够直接 调用桌面启动器, 一方面, 当第一处理器的处理能力更强时, 有助于降低第二处理器的运算 负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对于第 二处理器而言更为安全, 从而能够确保安全性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处理器执行的破 坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理器直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理器能够对第二处理器 调用该桌面启动器的权限进行控制, 则第一处理器处理的业务或数据和第二处理器处理的业 务或数据, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从 而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In the technical solution, the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced. The computational burden of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor. Meanwhile, since the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed. The business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被 调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 其中, 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述 显示界面的交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the external device in the terminal forming a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; wherein the second processing unit passes the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显示。 由 于外部设备仅连接至第一处理器, 则当第二处理器需要进行 UI交互时, 需要由第一处理器进 行数据的转发, 则第一处理器实现了对第二处理器的具体 UI交互过程的控制, 任何可能涉及 到需要由第一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应 的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor, and timely processed accordingly, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第二处理单元根据接收到的对待安装应 用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单 元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输 至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 其中, 所述第一处理单 元还从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所述第二处理单元 发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单元, 以用于在所述显示界面 上进行显示。 In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: the second processing unit installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and The first processing order Sending an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; The first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the first a storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理器在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过 程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理器既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减小 与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程序 安装过程都是在第二处理器中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一直显 示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理器将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式发送给 第一处理器, 则第一处理器可以存储至第一存储器中, 从而无需第二处理器一直调用用户界 面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终端不必要的资 源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. Wherein, since the application installation process is completed in the second processor, the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor. The installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元根据检测到的应用启动操 作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则 向所述第二处理单元发送应用启动指令; 其中, 所述第二处理单元根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备进行 显示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: determining, by the first processing unit, an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the first And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and passes the display data to the first processing unit Transfer to the corresponding external device for display.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理器通过第一处理器的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行过程 中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理器比第二处理器更安全, 且任何可能涉及到需要由第 一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因 而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In the technical solution, the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 由第一存储单元对所述第一处理单元处理的 数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 由第二存 储单元对所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元中还存储有第二桌面 启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 并 通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执行用户界面 交互; 所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第二桌面启 动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit, and storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator or a first An operating system; the data processed by the second processing unit is stored by the second storage unit, and the second storage unit further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein, the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system; the second processing The unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储单元中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在第二 存储单元中存储第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接调用第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有第二处理单元能够直接调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 第二处理单元调用第二桌面启 动器或第二操作系统, 使得第一处理单元处理的业务和第二处理单元处理的业务, 能够分别 实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性 和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with. At the same time, because the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes The business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互 时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用 户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元发送中断指令, 使所述第二处理单元将所述第二桌面启动器 或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处 理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或 放至后台; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit detects a currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, directly performing the interaction, if Sending, to the second processing unit, an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
所述第二处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第 二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理单元发送中断指 令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所 述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。 The second processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, if the a second user interface, directly performing an interaction, and if the first user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit will use the first desktop initiator or the first operating system Close or put in the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: according to the received interrupt instruction, the first desktop launcher or the first An operating system is shut down or placed in the background.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI交互的过程中, 第一 处理单元仍可以通过发送界面切换指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户界面切换 至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一些可能更 为重要的处理任务或业务。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. The interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here. By properly switching the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元在通过所述第一用户界面 与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第二处理器的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示 所述第二处理单元希望通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一应用 程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一应 用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: when the first processing unit interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processor The interrupt instruction indicates that the second processing unit wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application And continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, and executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自 所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过所述第一用户 界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用程序的情 况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序的 情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit, when interacting with the third application by the second user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit, the interrupt instruction indicates that the first processing unit wishes to pass The first user interface interacts with the fourth application, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, in the third application. The interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the program is lower than the fourth application.
在该技术方案中, 通过对第一处理单元和第二处理单元需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业 务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单 元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要 数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的 优先级低于所述第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则所述第二处理单元在 完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处 理单元继续通过所述第一用户界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互; 以及若所述第二处理单元 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序的交互, 则所述第一处理单元在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理单元发送恢 复指令, 使所述第二处理单元继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: if the first processing unit has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting the first application After the interaction, the second processing unit sends a resume instruction to the first processing unit after completing the interaction with the second application, so that the first processing unit continues to pass the first user interface. The first application interacts; and if the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After completing the interaction with the fourth application, the first processing unit further sends a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the second user interface and the third The application interacts.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接 收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处 理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二 操作系统; 以及所述第二处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第 二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接 收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface Up to the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit is configured according to the first And the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is shut down or placed in the background; the first processing unit receives the interface switching command according to the second user interface. , running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
本发明还相应地提出了一种数据交互系统, 包括: 第一处理单元和第二处理单元, 分别 对终端内不同类型的数据进行处理; 其中, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 直接与所述终端内的 限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据 交互。 The present invention further provides a data interaction system, comprising: a first processing unit and a second processing unit, respectively processing different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing unit is further configured to: directly Restricting external devices in the terminal to perform data interaction, and assisting the second processing unit to implement data with the restricted external device Interaction.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备仅连接至第一处理器, 并由第一处理器协助第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过 程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理器的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于降低第二处理器的处理负 担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器能够对第二 处理器与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备 的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处理器和第二处理器同 时与限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. At the same time, by connecting the restriction-type external device only to the first processor, and assisting the data exchange process between the second processor and the restriction-type external device by the first processor, on the one hand, when the computing power of the first processor is more When it is powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor can limit the second processor and the second processor Monitoring the data interaction process between the external devices of the class, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restriction type external device, or avoiding the simultaneous processing of the first processor and the second processor Data interaction with restricted external devices helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元用于: 通过执行所述第二处理器和所述 限制类外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数 据交互。  In the above technical solution, the first processing unit is configured to: assist the second processing unit to implement the data forwarding by performing data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device. Restrict the data interaction of external devices of the class.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理器直接对第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的交互数据 进行转发, 使得第一处理器在控制第二处理器与限制类外部设备的数据交互过程的同时, 还 能够对具体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保第二处理器与限制类外部设备的交互过程 中, 即便涉及到应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 也可以及时被第一处理器发现并阻止相 应的数据交互。  In the technical solution, the interaction data between the second processor and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processor, so that the first processor controls the data interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device. At the same time, it is also possible to monitor the specific interactive data content, so as to ensure that the second processor interacts with the restricted external device, even if it involves data that should be processed by the first processor, it can be first The processor discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 第一存储单元和第二存储单元, 分别对所述 第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一 存储单元进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作; 其中, 所 述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现对 所述桌面启动器的调用。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: a first storage unit and a second storage unit, respectively storing data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储器中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理器能够直接 调用桌面启动器, 一方面, 当第一处理器的处理能力更强时, 有助于降低第二处理器的运算 负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器相对于第 二处理器而言更为安全, 从而能够确保安全性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处理器执行的破 坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理器直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理器能够对第二处理器 调用该桌面启动器的权限进行控制, 则第一处理器处理的业务或数据和第二处理器处理的业 务或数据, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从 而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In the technical solution, the desktop initiator is stored in the first memory, so that only the first processor can directly invoke the desktop initiator, and on the other hand, when the processing capability of the first processor is stronger, the number of the first processor is reduced. The computational burden of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor is more secure than the second processor, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processor. Meanwhile, since the first processor directly invokes the desktop initiator, so that the first processor can control the permission of the second processor to invoke the desktop initiator, the service or data processed by the first processor and the second processor are processed. The business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 以及所述第二处理单元还用于: 通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述显 示界面的交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; and the second processing unit is further configured to: pass the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显示。 由 于外部设备仅连接至第一处理器, 则当第二处理器需要进行 UI交互时, 需要由第一处理器进 行数据的转发, 则第一处理器实现了对第二处理器的具体 UI交互过程的控制, 任何可能涉及 到需要由第一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应 的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processor, when the second processor needs to perform UI interaction, data forwarding by the first processor is required, and the first processor implements specific UI interaction with the second processor. Process control, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processor, can be directly monitored by the first processor, and timely processed accordingly, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的对待安装应 用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单 元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输 至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 其中, 所述第一处理单 元还用于: 从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所述第二处 理单元发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单元, 以用于在所述显 示界面上进行显示。 In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the second processing unit is further configured to: install the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and Sending an application installation request to the first processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface The first processing unit is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request, or receive the second location And the configuration information sent by the processing unit is stored in the first storage unit for display on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理器在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过 程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理器既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减小 与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程序 安装过程都是在第二处理器中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一直显 示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理器将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式发送给 第一处理器, 则第一处理器可以存储至第一存储器中, 从而无需第二处理器一直调用用户界 面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终端不必要的资 源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the second processor during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processor can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. Wherein, since the application installation process is completed in the second processor, the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processor. The installation request or other manner is sent to the first processor, and the first processor can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processor always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操 作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则 向所述第二处理单元发送应用启动指令; 其中, 所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据所述应用启 动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部 设备进行显示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit is further configured to: start the application to be started according to the application startup instruction, and pass the display data The first processing unit is transmitted to a corresponding external device for display.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理器通过第一处理器的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行过程 中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理器比第二处理器更安全, 且任何可能涉及到需要由第 一处理器处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理器直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因 而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In the technical solution, the second processor implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application by using the data forwarding of the first processor. Since the first processor is more secure than the second processor, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processor may be directly monitored by the first processor, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 第一存储单元, 用于对所述第一处理单元处 理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 第二 存储单元, 用于对所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元中还存储有 第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述第一处理单元用于: 仅对所述第一存储单元进 行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界 面, 执行用户界面交互; 所述第二处理单元用于: 仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作, 并 通过运行所述第二桌面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户界面, 执行用户界面 交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: a first storage unit, configured to store data processed by the first processing unit, and further storing, by the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator Or a first operating system; a second storage unit, configured to store data processed by the second processing unit, and further storing, in the second storage unit, a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; The first processing unit is configured to: perform a direct operation only on the first storage unit, and execute a user interface by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system The second processing unit is configured to: directly perform the direct operation on the second storage unit, and execute the second user interface displayed after running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system User interface interaction.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储单元中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在第二 存储单元中存储第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接调用第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有第二处理单元能够直接调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 第二处理单元调用第二桌面启 动器或第二操作系统, 使得第一处理单元处理的业务和第二处理单元处理的业务, 能够分别 实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性 和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with. At the same time, because the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes The business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 在需要进行用户 界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所 述第二用户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元发送中断指令, 使所述第二处理单元将所述第二桌 面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所 述第二处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统关闭或放至后台; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface is directly Performing an interaction, if the second user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background. And running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the received interrupt instruction To the background;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若 为所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理单元发 送中断指令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述 中断指令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。 The second processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface is, perform the interaction directly, if the first user interface, The first processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background. And running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system according to the received interrupt instruction To the background.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI交互的过程中, 第一 处理单元仍可以通过发送界面切换指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户界面切换 至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一些可能更 为重要的处理任务或业务。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. The interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here. By properly switching the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 在通过所述第一 用户界面与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第二处理器的中断指令, 所述中断 指令表示所述第二处理单元希望通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述 第一应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所 述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving the second processing An interrupt instruction indicating that the second processing unit desires to interact with the second application through the second user interface, wherein the first application has a higher priority than the second application In the case of a program, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, and the interrupt instruction is executed if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接 收到来自所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过所述 第一用户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用 程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应 用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the first The processing unit hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In the case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
在该技术方案中, 通过对第一处理单元和第二处理单元需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业 务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单 元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要 数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 若所述第二处理 单元在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序的交 互, 则在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所 述第二处理单元继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互; 以及  In any one of the above technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: if the second processing unit has a lower priority than the fourth application when the third application Interrupting the interaction with the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, sending a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the a second user interface interacting with the third application;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述 第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之 后, 还向所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理单元继续通过所述第一用户界面 与所述第一应用程序进行交互。  The second processing unit is further configured to: if the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, a resume instruction is further sent to the first processing unit to cause the first processing unit to continue to interact with the first application through the first user interface.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据所述第一用 户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所 述第二处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动 器或第二操作系统; 以及所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切 换命令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单元根据所 述第二用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: use the interface switching command received by the first user interface to perform the first desktop initiator or the first operation The system is shut down or placed in the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit The method is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; the first processing unit is configured according to the second user interface Receiving the interface switching command, running the first desktop initiator or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
通过以上技术方案, 可以使终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器进行处理, 并且 通过由第一处理器对第二处理器与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互进行协助, 限制两者的直 接交互, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的 数据, 有效提升了终端的安全性。 本领域内的技术人员应明白, 本发明的实施例可提供为方法、 系统、 或计算机程序产 品。 因此, 本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、 完全软件实施例、 或结合软件和硬件方面的实施 例的形式。 而且, 本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用 存储介质 (包括但不限于磁盘存储器、 CD-ROM、 光学存储器等) 上实施的计算机程序产品 的形式。 Through the above technical solution, different types of data in the terminal can be processed by different processors, and the data exchange between the second processor and the restricted external device is assisted by the first processor, and the two are restricted. The direct interaction avoids the existence of data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restriction type external device, thereby effectively improving the security of the terminal. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、 设备 (系统) 、 和计算机程序产品的流程图和 / 或方框图来描述的。 应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和 /或方框图中的每一流程和 /或 方框、 以及流程图和 /或方框图中的流程和 /或方框的结合。 可提供这些计算机程序指令到通 用计算机、 专用计算机、 嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机 器, 使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图 一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。  The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工 作的计算机可读存储器中, 使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制 造品, 该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定 的功能。  The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上, 使得在计算机或 其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理, 从而在计算机或其他可编 程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个 方框中指定的功能的步骤。 附图说明  These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram. DRAWINGS
图 1示出了相关技术中的终端的结构示意图;  FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in the related art;
图 2示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的终端的结构示意图;  2 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为图 2所示的实施例的一种数据传输线路的结构示意图;  3 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission line of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
图 4为图 2所示的实施例的另一种数据传输线路的结构示意图;  4 is a schematic structural diagram of another data transmission line of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
图 5 为图 2所示的实施例的一种具体实施方式下的包含两个以上处理器的终端结构示意 图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal including two or more processors in an embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2; FIG.
图 6为图 2所示的实施例的另一种具体实施方式下的包含两个以上处理器的终端结构示 意图;  6 is a schematic diagram of a terminal structure including two or more processors in another specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
图 7为图 6所示的实施例的一种具体实施方式下的终端结构示意图;  7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6;
图 8为图 2所示的实施例的另一种具体实施方式下的终端结构示意图;  8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in another specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
图 9为图 2所示的实施例的又一种具体实施方式下的终端结构示意图;  9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in still another specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2;
图 10示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的在包含两个以上处理器的终端中, 非限制类外部 设备与处理器的连接结构示意图;  FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 1 1示出了根据本发明的另一个实施例的在包含两个以上处理器的终端中, 非限制类外 部设备与处理器的连接结构示意图;  FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 12为图 1 1所示的实施例的一种具体实施方式下的终端结构示意图;  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG.
图 13示出了根据本发明的又一个实施例的在包含两个以上处理器的终端中, 非限制类外 部设备与处理器的连接结构示意图;  FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 14示出了根据本发明的再一个实施例的在包含两个以上处理器的终端中, 非限制类外 部设备与处理器的连接结构示意图;  FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a non-restricted external device and a processor in a terminal including two or more processors according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 15为图 14所示的实施例的一种具体实施方式下的终端结构示意图;  15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in a specific implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14;
图 16示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的单个通信模块与处理器的连接结构示意图; 图 17示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的多个通信模块与处理器的连接结构示意图; 图 18为图 16或图 17所示实施例的每个通信模块与两个以上处理器的一种连接结构示意 图; 16 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a plurality of communication modules and a processor according to an embodiment of the present invention; 18 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors in the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 or FIG. 17;
图 19为图 16或图 17所示实施例的每个通信模块与两个以上处理器的另一种连接结构示 意图;  Figure 19 is a diagram showing another connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors of the embodiment shown in Figure 16 or Figure 17;
图 20为图 19所示实施例的一种具体实施方式下的连接结构示意图;  Figure 20 is a schematic view showing the connection structure of a specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in Figure 19;
图 21示出了根据本发明的另一个实施例的单个通信模块与处理器的连接结构示意图; 图 22示出了根据本发明的另一个实施例的多个通信模块与处理器的连接结构示意图; 图 23为图 21或图 22所示实施例的每个通信模块与两个以上处理器的一种连接结构示意 图;  21 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a single communication module and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of a plurality of communication modules and a processor according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 or FIG. 22; FIG.
图 24为图 21或图 22所示实施例的每个通信模块与两个以上处理器的另一种连接结构示 意图;  Figure 24 is a diagram showing another connection structure of each communication module and two or more processors of the embodiment shown in Figure 21 or Figure 22;
图 25为图 24所示实施例的一种具体实施方式下的连接结构示意图;  Figure 25 is a schematic view showing the connection structure of a specific embodiment of the embodiment shown in Figure 24;
图 26示出了根据本发明的另一个实施例的终端的结构示意图;  FIG. 26 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 27为图 26所示的实施例的终端安装应用程序的具体流程示意图;  27 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal installation application of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
图 28为图 26所示的实施例的终端启动应用程序的具体流程示意图;  28 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal startup application of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
图 29为图 26所示的实施例的用户界面的显示控制方法的示意流程图;  29 is a schematic flow chart of a display control method of a user interface of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26;
图 30示出了根据本发明的又一个实施例的终端的结构示意图;  FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 31为图 30所示终端的一个实施例的结构示意图;  Figure 31 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of the terminal shown in Figure 30;
图 32为图 30所示终端的另一个实施例的结构示意图;  32 is a schematic structural view of another embodiment of the terminal shown in FIG. 30;
图 33为图 30所示终端的又一个实施例的结构示意图;  Figure 33 is a schematic structural view of still another embodiment of the terminal shown in Figure 30;
图 34示出了根据本发明的实施例的 CPU1执行用户界面切换控制的示意流程图; 图 35示出了根据本发明的实施例的 CPU2执行用户界面切换控制的示意流程图; 图 36示出了根据本发明的实施例的数据交互方法的示意流程图;  FIG. 34 is a schematic flow chart showing execution of user interface switching control by the CPU 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 35 is a schematic flow chart showing execution of user interface switching control by the CPU 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention; A schematic flow chart of a data interaction method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 37示出了根据本发明的实施例的数据交互系统的示意框图。 具体实施方式  Figure 37 shows a schematic block diagram of a data interaction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
为了能够更清楚地理解本发明的上述目的、 特征和优点, 下面结合附图和具体实施方式 对本发明进行进一步的详细描述。 需要说明的是, 在不冲突的情况下, 本申请的实施例及实 施例中的特征可以相互组合。  The present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the drawings and specific embodiments. It should be noted that the features of the embodiments and embodiments of the present application may be combined with each other without conflict.
在下面的描述中阐述了很多具体细节以便于充分理解本发明, 但是, 本发明还可以采用 其他不同于在此描述的其他方式来实施, 因此, 本发明的保护范围并不受下面公开的具体实 施例的限制。  In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention, but the invention may be practiced otherwise than as described herein. Limitations of the embodiments.
图 2示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的终端的结构示意图。  FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 2 所示, 根据本发明的一个实施例的终端, 包括: 第一处理器 (如图 2 所示的 CPU1 ) 和第二处理器 (如图 2 所示的 CPU2 ) , 分别用于对所述终端内不同类型的数据进行 处理; 限制类外部设备 102A, 仅连接至所述第一处理器; 其中, 所述第二处理器和所述限制 类外部设备 102 A通过所述第一处理器的协助实现交互过程。  As shown in FIG. 2, a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a first processor (CPU1 as shown in FIG. 2) and a second processor (CPU2 shown in FIG. 2) for respectively Different types of data in the terminal are processed; the restricted external device 102A is connected only to the first processor; wherein the second processor and the restricted external device 102A pass the first processing The help of the device to achieve the interaction process.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备 102A仅连接至第一处理器, 并由第一处理器协助第二处理器与限制类外部设备 102A的数 据交互过程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理器的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于降低第二处理器的 处理负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理器处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理器能够 对第二处理器与限制类外部设备 102A 之间的数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理器和限 制类外部设备 102A 的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处 理器和第二处理器同时与限制类外部设备 102A进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。 需要说明的是, 第一处理器和第二处理器并不用于限制终端内的处理器数量为两个, 而 终端内实际上显然可以包含更多的处理器。 其中, "第一" 和 "第二" 代表了终端内的任意 两个处理器之间的相互关系, 用于区分任意两个被进行比较的处理器。 比如对于包含有 3 个 处理器的终端, 当选取处理器 1和处理器 2进行比较时, 可以将处理器 1和处理器 2中的任 一个称为 "第一处理器" , 另一个为 "第二处理器" ; 而当选取处理器 2和处理器 3 进行比 较时, 可以将处理器 2 和处理器 3 中的任一个称为 "第一处理器" , 另一个为 "第二处理 器" , 依此类推。 In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. Meanwhile, by connecting the restriction-type external device 102A only to the first processor, and assisting the data exchange process between the second processor and the restriction-type external device 102A by the first processor, on the one hand, when the calculation of the first processor When the capability is more powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processor; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processor is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processor can be the second processor. Monitoring the data interaction process with the restriction class external device 102A, avoiding the presence of data that should be processed by the first processor in the interaction data of the second processor and the restriction class external device 102A, or avoiding the first place The processor and the second processor simultaneously perform data interaction with the restricted external device 102A, which helps to improve the security of the terminal. It should be noted that the first processor and the second processor are not used to limit the number of processors in the terminal to two, and it is obvious that more processors can be included in the terminal. Among them, "first" and "second" represent the relationship between any two processors in the terminal, and are used to distinguish any two processors that are compared. For example, for a terminal including 3 processors, when processor 1 and processor 2 are selected for comparison, either processor 1 and processor 2 may be referred to as "first processor" and the other is ""Secondprocessor"; and when processor 2 and processor 3 are selected for comparison, either processor 2 and processor 3 may be referred to as "first processor" and the other as "second processor"" , So on and so forth.
当然, 为了增强终端的处理能力, 可以使用多个处理器来处理同一类数据, 则这多个处 理器应该被视为一个处理器组, 则 "第一处理器" 和 "第二处理器" 实际上还可以表示用于 处理相同类型的数据的处理器组, 每个处理器组内包含有一个或多个处理器。 同时, 为了对 应于更多类型的数据, 终端内显然还可以存在更多的处理器组, 比如 "第三处理器组" 、 "第四处理器组,' 等。  Of course, in order to enhance the processing capability of the terminal, multiple processors can be used to process the same type of data, and the multiple processors should be treated as one processor group, then the "first processor" and the "second processor". It is also possible to actually represent a processor group for processing the same type of data, each processor group containing one or more processors. At the same time, in order to respond to more types of data, there may obviously be more processor groups in the terminal, such as "third processor group", "fourth processor group," and the like.
1、 数据分类  1, data classification
第一处理器和第二处理器分别用于处理终端内的不同类型的数据, 因而涉及到对终端内 的数据进行分类。 比如说, 根据数据的重要性, 将数据分为核心数据和非核心数据; 或者根 据数据的私密性, 将数据分为私密数据和非私密数据; 或者根据数据的传输方向, 将数据分 为待发送数据和接收到的数据等等。  The first processor and the second processor are respectively used to process different types of data within the terminal, and thus involve classifying data within the terminal. For example, according to the importance of the data, the data is divided into core data and non-core data; or according to the privacy of the data, the data is divided into private data and non-private data; or according to the data transmission direction, the data is divided into Send data and received data, and so on.
每种分类情况均可以由厂商来预设, 也可以由用户根据自己的实际情况来确定。 以私密 数据和非私密数据的分类方式为例, 譬如一种情况下, 可以将与某些应用程序相关联的数据 都作为私密数据或非私密数据, 比如将与 "通讯录" 、 "通话记录" 、 "短信息" 、 "邮 件" 等应用程序相关的数据, 不论读取还是写入, 都算作私密数据, 或将与某个游戏应用相 关的数据, 都作为非私密数据; 譬如另一种情况下, 可以将某个类型的数据作为私密数据或 非私密数据, 比如将与网上银行的交互数据都作为私密数据, 而将软件的更新包数据作为非 私密数据等, 还可以包含其他的区分方式, 此处不进行——列举。  Each classification can be preset by the manufacturer, or it can be determined by the user according to his actual situation. For example, in the case of classification of private data and non-private data, for example, data associated with certain applications can be used as private data or non-private data, such as "address book" and "call record". Application-related data such as "," "short message", "mail", whether read or written, is counted as private data, or data related to a game application is treated as non-private data; In this case, a certain type of data may be used as private data or non-private data, such as interactive data with online banking as private data, and software update package data as non-private data, etc., and may also include other The way to distinguish, not here - enumeration.
2、 外部设备分类  2, external equipment classification
在上述记载中, 描述了第一处理器、 第二处理器与限制类外部设备 102A 之间的交互关 系等; 而图 2还示出了如共享类外部设备 102B、 非限制类外部设备 102C等。  In the above description, the interaction relationship between the first processor, the second processor and the restriction type external device 102A is described; and FIG. 2 also shows the external device 102B such as the shared class, the non-restricted external device 102C, and the like. .
具体地, 例如可以根据每个外部设备所涉及到的数据类型的不同, 从而对其进行归类。 比如, 当某个外部设备处理的数据更多的 (大于或等于预设的数据量) 是重要性高、 私密性 高的数据, 则可以将其归为限制类外部设备 102A; 而当某个外部设备处理的各种类型的数据 都差不多, 则可以将其归为共享类外部设备 102B; 当某个外部设备处理的数据更多的是重要 性低、 私密性低的数据, 则可以将其归为非限制类外部设备 102C。  Specifically, for example, it may be classified according to the type of data involved in each external device. For example, when an external device processes more data (greater than or equal to the preset amount of data) as high-priority and high-privacy data, it can be classified as a restricted-type external device 102A; The various types of data processed by the external device are similar, and can be classified as the shared external device 102B; when the data processed by an external device is more of low importance and low privacy, it can be Classified as non-restricted external device 102C.
或者, 也可以根据每个外部设备与处理器之间的关系, 从而对其进行归类。 比如, 当某 个外部设备与第一处理器的交互频繁, 则可以将其归为限制类外部设备 102A; 当某个外部设 备与第二处理器的交互频繁, 则可以将其归为非限制类外部设备 102A; 其余的可以归为共享 类外部设备。  Alternatively, it can be classified according to the relationship between each external device and the processor. For example, when an external device interacts with the first processor frequently, it can be classified as a restricted class external device 102A; when an external device interacts with the second processor frequently, it can be classified as unrestricted. Class external device 102A; the rest can be classified as a shared class external device.
以下将结合附图和实施例, 基于图 2 所描述的一种具体情况下的硬件结构的终端, 对多 个方面的技术方案进行阐述。  The technical solutions of various aspects will be described below based on the terminal of the hardware structure in a specific case described in FIG. 2 with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments.
—、 CPU与限制类外部设备 102A的连接  —, CPU and restricted external device 102A connection
1、 CPU1执行数据转发  1, CPU1 performs data forwarding
优选地, CPU1用于: 执行 CPU2和所述限制类外部设备 102A之间的数据转发, 以协助 实现 CPU2和所述限制类外部设备 102A之间的交互过程。  Preferably, the CPU 1 is configured to: perform data forwarding between the CPU 2 and the restricted-type external device 102A to assist in implementing an interaction process between the CPU 2 and the restricted-type external device 102A.
在该技术方案中, 通过 CPU1直接对 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间的交互数据进行 转发, 使得 CPU1在控制 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A的数据交互过程的同时, 还能够对具 体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保 CPU2 与限制类外部设备 102A 的交互过程中, 即便 涉及到应当由 CPU1进行处理的数据, 也可以及时被 CPU1发现并阻止相应的数据交互。 In this technical solution, the interaction data between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A is directly performed by the CPU 1 . Forwarding, so that the CPU1 can monitor the data interaction process of the CPU2 and the restricted external device 102A, and can also monitor the specific interactive data content, thereby ensuring that the CPU2 interacts with the restricted external device 102A, even if it involves The data processed by CPU1 can also be detected by CPU1 in time and prevent corresponding data interaction.
优选地, CPU1还用于: 如图 2所示, 接收所有来自所述限制类外部设备 102A的数据, 直接处理对应于 CPU1的类型的数据, 并将对应于 CPU2的类型的数据传输至 CPU2; 以及将 接收到的来自 CPU2的数据转发至所述限制类外部设备 102A。  Preferably, the CPU 1 is further configured to: receive all data from the restricted external device 102A, directly process data corresponding to the type of the CPU1, and transmit data corresponding to the type of the CPU 2 to the CPU 2; And forwarding the received data from the CPU 2 to the restricted class external device 102A.
在该技术方案中, 当限制类外部设备 102A 无法对数据进行类型识别时, 可以将所有数 据都发送至 CPU1 , 并由 CPU1执行类型识别和数据分配。 一方面, 当 CPU1的处理能力更强 时, 有助于降低限制类外部设备 102A 和 CPU2 的运算负担; 另一方面, 当 CPU1 处理的数 据更为重要、 私密性更强时, CPU1 相对于 CPU2 而言更为安全, 因而将所有数据都发送至 CPU1 , 就能够避免原本应当由 CPU1 进行处理的数据被发送至 CPU2, 就能够在物理上隔离 非法应用程序基于 CPU2对重要、 私密数据 (或其他任意由 CPU1 进行处理的数据) 的获取 和利用, 从而确保了终端的数据安全。  In this technical solution, when the restriction type external device 102A cannot perform type identification on the data, all data can be transmitted to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 performs type identification and data distribution. On the one hand, when the processing power of CPU1 is stronger, it helps to reduce the computational burden of the restricted external devices 102A and CPU2; on the other hand, when the data processed by CPU1 is more important and the privacy is stronger, CPU1 is relative to CPU2. It is more secure, so all data is sent to CPU1, which can prevent data that should be processed by CPU1 from being sent to CPU2, which can physically isolate illegal applications based on CPU2 for important and private data (or other The acquisition and utilization of any data processed by CPU1 ensures the data security of the terminal.
2、 CPU1配置建立 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间的传输通道  2. CPU1 configuration establishes the transmission channel between CPU2 and the restricted external device 102A.
优选地, CPU1 由第一外设接口实现与所述限制类外部设备 102A的连接和交互, 并由第 一转发接口实现与 CPU2 的连接, 则 CPU1 还用于: 如图 3 所示, 通过配置闭合所述第一转 发接口与所述第一外设接口之间的连接, 或如图 4 所示, 在所述第一转发接口与所述第一外 设接口之间配置建立 DMA传输通道, 以协助实现 CPU2与所述限制类外部设备 102A的连接 和交互。  Preferably, the CPU 1 implements the connection and interaction with the restricted external device 102A by the first peripheral interface, and implements the connection with the CPU 2 by the first forwarding interface, and the CPU 1 is further configured to: configure the device as shown in FIG. Closing the connection between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface, or as shown in FIG. 4, configuring a DMA transmission channel between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface, To assist in the connection and interaction of the CPU 2 with the restricted external device 102A.
在该技术方案中, 通过直接在 CPU2 和限制类外部设备 102A之间建立数据传输通道, 或通过在 CPU1 中建立相应的 DMA传输通道, 实现对 CPU1 的数据传输总线的调用, 实现 了 CPU2 与限制类外部设备 102A 的数据交互。 由于是 CPU1 来建立上述数据传输通道或 DMA传输通道, 使得 CPU1仍然实现了对 CPU2和限制类外部设备 102A之间的交互过程的 控制, 并且避免了 CPU1和 CPU2的处理数据的交叉, 避免数据的非法获取或外泄。  In this technical solution, by directly establishing a data transmission channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction type external device 102A, or by establishing a corresponding DMA transmission channel in the CPU 1, the call to the data transfer bus of the CPU 1 is realized, and the CPU 2 and the limitation are realized. Data interaction of class external device 102A. Since the CPU 1 establishes the above data transmission channel or DMA transmission channel, the CPU 1 still implements the control of the interaction process between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A, and avoids the intersection of the processing data of the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, and avoids data. Illegal acquisition or leakage.
优选地, CPU1还用于: 在 CPU2与所述限制类外部设备 102A未处于连接状态时, 接收 所有来自所述限制类外部设备 102A 的数据, 直接处理对应于 CPU1 的类型的数据, 并将对 应于 CPU2的类型的数据通过所述第一转发接口传输至 CPU2。  Preferably, the CPU 1 is further configured to: when the CPU 2 and the restricted external device 102A are not in a connected state, receive all data from the restricted external device 102A, directly process data corresponding to the type of the CPU 1, and correspondingly Data of the type of CPU 2 is transmitted to the CPU 2 through the first forwarding interface.
在该技术方案中, 由于需要由 CPU1来配置建立 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间的数 据传输通道或 DMA传输通道, 但 CPU1并不能够确定限制类外部设备 102A何时向 CPU2发 送数据, 因而在 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间尚未建立连接时, 可以由 CPU1接收都有 的数据, 并将对应于 CPU2的数据直接传输给 CPU2 , 确保任意时刻都能够协助完成 CPU2与 限制类外部设备 102A之间的数据交互。  In this technical solution, since it is necessary to configure the data transmission channel or the DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A by the CPU 1, the CPU 1 cannot determine when the restriction-type external device 102A transmits data to the CPU 2, and thus When the connection between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A has not been established, the CPU 1 can receive the data of all, and directly transmit the data corresponding to the CPU 2 to the CPU 2, ensuring that the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A can be assisted at any time. Data interaction between.
对于 CPU与限制类外部设备 102A之间的连接, 以上都是以终端中包含一个 CPU1和一 个 CPU2 的情况进行是描述和分析, 然而为了能够获得更强的处理能力, 或是达到更优的安 全效果, 终端中可以包含更多数量的 CPU1和 /或更多数量的 CPU2 , 下面将结合图 5-7, 以终 端中包含有 CPU1、 CPU1A 和 CPU1B 等用于私密数据处理的处理器、 以及 CPU2、 CPU2A 和 CPU2B 等用于非私密数据处理的处理器为例, 对更多数量的处理器的情况下的终端结构 和处理策略进行说明。 当然, 本领域的技术人员应该理解的是: 对于终端中仅包含多个用于 私密数据处理的处理器或是仅包含多个用于非私密数据处理的处理器的情况, 以及处理器数 量更多的情况下, 其连接原理实际上是相同的, 本申请中将不再赘述。  For the connection between the CPU and the restricted external device 102A, the above description and analysis are performed in the case where the terminal includes one CPU1 and one CPU2, but in order to obtain more processing power or achieve better security. The effect, the terminal can contain a larger number of CPU1 and / or a larger number of CPU2, the following will be combined with Figure 5-7, the terminal contains CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B for private data processing processor, and CPU2 The processor for non-private data processing, such as CPU2A and CPU2B, is an example, and the terminal structure and processing strategy in the case of a larger number of processors will be described. Of course, those skilled in the art should understand that: for a terminal that contains only a plurality of processors for private data processing or only a plurality of processors for non-private data processing, and the number of processors is more In many cases, the connection principle is actually the same, and will not be described in detail in this application.
需要说明的是, 虽然图 5-7 中没有具体标示出, 但实际上能够对应于上述实施方式一至 实施方式三中分别记载的 CPU与限制类外部设备 102A之间进行交互的三种情况, 且各种情 况下, 对于限制类外部设备 102A与 CPU之间的连接方式并没有影响。  It should be noted that although it is not specifically indicated in FIG. 5-7, it can actually correspond to the three cases in which the CPU and the restriction-type external device 102A described in each of the above-described first to third embodiments interact with each other, and In each case, there is no influence on the connection mode between the restriction type external device 102A and the CPU.
实施方式 (一) 在用于处理私密数据 /非私密数据的多个 CPU 中, 以某个 CPU 作为与限制类外部设备 102A的 "中继" , 而其他 CPU则通过该 "中继" 来实现与限制类外部设备 102A的交互。 Implementation method (1) In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a certain CPU is used as a "relay" with the restricted type external device 102A, and other CPUs implement and limit the external device through the "relay". 102A interaction.
具体地, 如图 5 所示, 假定在 CPU1 和限制类外部设备 102A之间建立连接, 而其他用 于处理私密数据的多个 CPU, 与 CPU1 通过 "串联" 方式连接; 同时, 假定用于处理非私密 数据的多个 CPU通过 "并联" 方式连接。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, it is assumed that a connection is established between the CPU 1 and the restriction-type external device 102A, and other CPUs for processing the private data are connected to the CPU 1 in a "series" manner; Multiple CPUs with non-private data are connected in "parallel" mode.
对于 "串联 " 方式: 当 CPU1需要与限制类外部设备 102A交互时, 则 CPU1直接与限制 类外部设备 102A进行数据交互; 当 CPU1A需要与限制类外部设备 102A进行交互时, 则由 CPU1 进行数据转发; 当 CPU1B 需要与限制类外部设备 102A 进行交互时, 则由 CPU1A、 CPU1进行数据转发。  For the "series" mode: When the CPU 1 needs to interact with the restricted class external device 102A, the CPU 1 directly performs data interaction with the restricted class external device 102A; when the CPU 1A needs to interact with the restricted class external device 102A, the CPU 1 performs data forwarding. When CPU1B needs to interact with the restricted external device 102A, the CPU1A and CPU1 perform data forwarding.
对于 "并联" 方式: 当 CPU2需要与限制类外部设备 102A交互时, 则 CPU2可以 1 ) 通 过向 CPU1发出请求, 由 CPU1进行数据转发, 2 ) 由 CPU1进行端口配置, 建立起 CPU2与 限制类外部设备 102A 之间的数据传输通道, 3 ) 由 CPU1 建立起 CPU2 与限制类外部设备 102A 之间的 DMA 传输通道, 从而与限制类外部设备 102A 进行数据交互; 当 CPU2A 或 CPU2B需要与限制类外部设备 102A进行交互时, 则由 CPU2进行数据转发, 并间接实现与 限制类外部设备 102A的数据交互。  For the "parallel" mode: When the CPU 2 needs to interact with the restricted class external device 102A, the CPU 2 can 1) perform data forwarding by the CPU 1 by issuing a request to the CPU 1, 2) perform port configuration by the CPU 1, and establish the CPU 2 and the restricted class externally. The data transmission channel between the devices 102A, 3) the CPU 1 establishes a DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction-type external device 102A, thereby performing data interaction with the restriction-type external device 102A; when the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B requires and limiting the external device When 102A interacts, the CPU 2 performs data forwarding and indirectly implements data interaction with the restricted class external device 102A.
当然, 用于私密数据处理的 CPU 也可以采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串 联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式; 而用于非私密数据处理的 CPU也可以采用 "串联" 的 连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 这是显而易见的。 但由 于只有 CPU1 直接与限制类外部设备 102A相连, 因而其他任何 CPU若希望与限制类外部设 备 102A交互, 都至少需要由 CPU1进行转发才能够实现。  Of course, CPUs used for private data processing can also use "parallel" connection, and even partially use "series" and partially "parallel" connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use "series". It is obvious that the connection method is even partially "series" and partially "parallel". However, since only CPU1 is directly connected to the restricted external device 102A, any other CPU wishing to interact with the restricted external device 102A needs to be forwarded by at least CPU1.
除了与限制类外部设备 102A 的交互, 当多个 CPU 之间进行交互时, 也可能需要其他 CPU的数据转发。 比如当 CPU1与 CPU2或 CPU1A进行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU1 与 CPU1B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU1A进行转发; 当 CPU2与 CPU1、 CPU2A或 CPU2B进 行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU2A与 CPU2B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU2进行转发。  In addition to interacting with the restricted class external device 102A, when multiple CPUs interact, data transfer by other CPUs may also be required. For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
此外, 在 "并联 " 的基础上, CPU2A 与 CPU2B 之间也可能存在连接 (图中未示出) , 能够实现两者间直接的数据交互。 进一步地, 当 CPU 的数量更多时, 所有的 CPU之间, 两 两都可能直接执行数据交互, 而无需其他 CPU 的转发。  In addition, on the basis of "parallel", there may be a connection between CPU2A and CPU2B (not shown), which enables direct data interaction between the two. Further, when the number of CPUs is larger, data exchange between the CPUs and both of them may be performed directly without the need for forwarding by other CPUs.
实施方式 (二)  Implementation method (2)
在用于处理私密数据的多个 CPU中, 每个 CPU均 "并联" 至限制类外部设备 102A, 并 直接与限制类外部设备 102A进行交互, 而不需要其他 CPU作为 "中继" 。  In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data, each CPU is "parallel" to the restricted-type external device 102A, and directly interacts with the restricted-type external device 102A without requiring other CPUs as "relays".
具体地, 如图 6所示, 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU1B分别连接至限制类 外部设备 102A; 同时, 用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 则没有与限制类外 部设备 102A连接。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, the CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU 1B for processing private data are respectively connected to the restriction type external device 102A; meanwhile, the CPU 2, CPU 2A, and CPU 2B for processing non-private data are not associated with the restriction type external device. 102A connection.
同时, 在具有相同处理功能的多个 CPU 之间, 可以采用上述文字中提及的 "串联" 和 / 或 "并联" 方式。 作为一种具体的实施例, 图 6 中示出了: 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 采用了 "串联 " 方式, 而用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 采用了 "并联" 方式。  At the same time, between the multiple CPUs with the same processing function, the "series" and / or "parallel" methods mentioned in the above text can be used. As a specific embodiment, FIG. 6 shows that: CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU IB for processing private data adopt a "series" mode, and CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data are adopted. Parallel" way.
当一部分 CPU连接至限制类外部设备 102A时, 比如用于私密数据处理的 CPU, 则这些 CPU 可以直接与限制类外部设备 102A 进行交互, 包括数据的发送和接收; 而其他没有与限 制类外部设备 102A直接连接的 CPU, 比如此时为用于非私密数据处理的 CPU, 当这些 CPU 需要与限制类外部设备 102A进行交互时, 需要涉及到这些 CPU与直接连接至限制类外部设 备 102A的 CPU之间的交互过程。  When a part of the CPU is connected to the restricted-type external device 102A, such as a CPU for private data processing, these CPUs can directly interact with the restricted-type external device 102A, including data transmission and reception; and other non-restricted external devices. 102A directly connected CPUs, such as CPUs for non-private data processing at this time, when these CPUs need to interact with the restricted type external device 102A, it is necessary to involve these CPUs and the CPU directly connected to the restricted external device 102A. The process of interaction.
( 1 ) 数据上行的处理过程  (1) Data uplink processing
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系) , 则 1 ) CPU2A 或 CPU2B 可以直接将需要发送的数据传输至直接连接至限制类外部设 备 102A的 CPU, 比如传输至 CPU1A或 CPU1B , 然后由 CPU1A或 CPU1B进一步转发至限 制类外部设备 102A; 2 ) CPU2A或 CPU2B可以直接向某个直接连接至限制类外部设备 102A 的 CPU发出请求, 使其建立 CPU2A或 CPU2B与限制类外部设备 102A之间的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道, 比如由 CPU1A或 CPU1B接收请求并建立上述的 CPU2A或 CPU2B与限制 类外部设备 102A之间的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道。 Assume that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection is not shown in the figure). System), then 1) CPU2A or CPU2B can directly transfer the data that needs to be sent to the CPU directly connected to the restricted external device 102A, such as to the CPU1A or CPU1B, and then further forwarded to the restricted external device 102A by the CPU1A or CPU1B; 2) The CPU 2A or the CPU 2B can directly issue a request to a CPU directly connected to the restriction-type external device 102A to establish a data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel between the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B and the restriction-type external device 102A, for example, by the CPU 1A or The CPU 1B receives the request and establishes the above-described data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B and the restriction type external device 102A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 6所示, CPU2A或 CPU2B 只能够与 CPU2进行直接交互, 则 CPU2A或 CPU2B可以将数据发送至 CPU2 , 1 ) 由 CPU2 发送至 CPU1 , 并由 CPU1 转发至限制类外部设备 102A; 2 ) 由 CPU2 向 CPU1 发出请求, CPU1建立 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道, 则 CPU2将 数据直接发送至限制类外部设备 102A。  Assuming that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU, as shown in Figure 6, CPU2A or CPU2B can only interact directly with CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B can send data to CPU2, 1) is sent by CPU2 to CPU1. And forwarded by CPU1 to the restricted class external device 102A; 2) by the CPU2 making a request to the CPU1, the CPU1 establishes a data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU2 and the restricted class external device 102A, and the CPU2 sends the data directly to the restricted class External device 102A.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 7所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU2与 CPU2A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而 作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU2还能够与 CPU1直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU2A能够直接与相邻 的 CPU2、 CPU2B直接交互, 还能够与 CPU1A直接交互, 则 CPU2A可以通过 CPU2等相邻 CPU间接传输至 CPU1 , 并由 CPU1进一步传输至限制类外部设备 102A, 也可以通过直接传 输至 CPU1A, 并由 CPU1A进一步传输至限制类外部设备 102A。 此时, 1 ) CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 经由对应的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 向限制类外部设备 102A 进行数据转发; 2 ) CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 可以通过向对应的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 发送请求, 使其建立起 相应的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道, 实现 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B与限制类外部设备 102A 的交互。  It is assumed that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, as the same type of CPU, CPU2 is adjacent to CPU2A and can directly interact with each other. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 2 can also directly interact with the CPU 1; similarly, the CPU 2A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 2 and the CPU 2B, and can directly interact with the CPU 1A, and the CPU 2A can be indirectly transmitted to the adjacent CPU via the CPU 2 or the like. The CPU 1 is further transmitted by the CPU 1 to the restriction-type external device 102A, and can also be directly transmitted to the CPU 1A, and further transmitted to the restriction-type external device 102A by the CPU 1A. At this time, 1) the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B perform data transfer to the restriction external device 102A via the corresponding CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB; 2) the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B can transmit a request to the corresponding CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB. It establishes a corresponding data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel, and realizes the interaction between CPU2, CPU2A, CPU2B and the restriction type external device 102A.
( 2 ) 数据下行的处理过程  (2) Data downlink processing
1、 通过数据转发的方式  1, by means of data forwarding
需要由限制类外部设备 102A将数据传输至直接相连的 CPU, 比如传输至 CPU1A, 然后 进一步传输至目标 CPU。  It is necessary to transfer the data to the directly connected CPU by the restricted external device 102A, for example, to the CPU 1A, and then to the target CPU.
比如当限制类外部设备 102A将数据传输至 CPU1A之后: 第一种情况下, CPU1A发现 该数据为非私密数据, 但不清楚由哪个 CPU 进行处理; 第二种情况下, CPU1A 发现该数据 为非私密数据, 且知道应该由哪个 CPU进行处理。  For example, when the restricted external device 102A transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1A finds the data as non- Private data, and know which CPU should be processed.
在上述两种情况下, 仍需要根据 CPU 的具体连接情况进行分析:  In both cases, you still need to analyze based on the specific connection of the CPU:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系 ) , 则对于第一种情况, CPU1A 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A确定具体的目标 CPU; 对于第二种情况, CPU1A可以直 接将数据传输至目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。  Assuming that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection relationship is not shown in the figure), for the first case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data. For example, CPU2A, then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 6 所示, CPU1A 只能够与 CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU. For example, as shown in Figure 6, CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 7所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而 作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相邻 的 CPU1、 CPU1B直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A直接交互, 则当 CPU1 A接收到限制类外部设 备 102A发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU间接传输至用于处理非私密数据 的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  It is assumed that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, as the same type of CPU, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1 A receives the restriction-type external device 102A, The non-private data can be transferred indirectly to the CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
2、 通过建立数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道的方式  2. By establishing a data transmission channel / DMA transmission channel
a ) 不存在已经建立的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道, 则需要由限制类外部设备 102A将 数据传输至直接相连的 CPU, 比如传输至 CPU1A, 然后进一步传输至目标 CPU。 比如当限 制类外部设备 102A将数据传输至 CPU1A之后: 第一种情况下, CPU1A发现该数据为非私 密数据, 但不清楚由哪个 CPU 进行处理; 第二种情况下, CPU1A 发现该数据为非私密数 据, 且知道应该由哪个 CPU进行处理。 a) If there is no established data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel, it needs to be restricted by the external device 102A. The data is transferred to a directly connected CPU, for example to CPU1A, and then further to the target CPU. For example, when the restricted external device 102A transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1A finds the data as non- Private data, and know which CPU should be processed.
在上述两种情况下, 仍需要根据 CPU 的具体连接情况进行分析:  In both cases, you still need to analyze based on the specific connection of the CPU:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系 ) , 则对于第一种情况, CPU1A 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A确定具体的目标 CPU; 对于第二种情况, CPU1A可以直 接将数据传输至目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。  Assuming that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection relationship is not shown in the figure), for the first case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data. For example, CPU2A, then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 6 所示, CPU1A 只能够与 Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU, as shown in Figure 6, CPU1A can only
CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。 When CPU1 and CPU1B interact directly, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, send it to CPU2 by CPU1, and forward it to CPU2 by CPU2.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 7所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而 作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相邻 的 CPU1、 CPU1B直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A直接交互, 则当 CPU1 A接收到限制类外部设 备 102A发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU间接传输至用于处理非私密数据 的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  It is assumed that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, as the same type of CPU, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1 A receives the restriction-type external device 102A, The non-private data can be transferred indirectly to the CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
b )存在已经建立的数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道。  b) There is an established data transmission channel / DMA transmission channel.
假定如图 5和图 6所示, 在 CPU1 中建立有 CPU2与限制类外部设备 102A之间的数据传 输通道 /DMA传输通道。 当限制类外部设备 102A需要传输至 CPU2时, 可以直接利用该数据 传输通道 /DMA传输通道进行传输; 当限制类外部设备 102 A需要传输至 CPU2A或 CPU2B 时, 可以通过数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2进行转发, 也可以发送 至直接连接的 CPU (对于图 5 的情况下, 即为 CPU1 ; 或对于图 6 的情况下, 包括 CPU1、 CPU1A或 CPU1B ) , 然后由该 CPU转发至具体的目标 CPU。  Assume that a data transfer channel/DMA transfer channel between the CPU 2 and the restriction type external device 102A is established in the CPU 1 as shown in Figs. 5 and 6. When the restriction type external device 102A needs to be transferred to the CPU 2, the data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel can be directly used for transmission; when the restriction type external device 102A needs to be transferred to the CPU 2A or the CPU 2B, the data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel can be used. Sent to CPU2, and forwarded by CPU2, or sent to directly connected CPU (CPU1 for the case of Figure 5; CPU1, CPU1A or CPU1B for the case of Figure 6), and then by the CPU Forward to a specific target CPU.
假定如图 7所示, 每个不直接与限制类外部设备 102A相连的 CPU, 都通过在对应的与 限制类外部设备 102A直接相连的 CPU 中建立起数据传输通道 /DMA传输通道, 从而限制类 外部设备 102A 可以通过对 DMA 传输通道的选择, 直接将数据发送至对应的目标 CPU ( CPU2、 CPU2A或 CPU2B ) 。  Assume that, as shown in FIG. 7, each CPU that is not directly connected to the restriction-type external device 102A establishes a data transmission channel/DMA transmission channel in the CPU directly connected to the corresponding restriction-type external device 102A, thereby limiting the class. The external device 102A can directly transmit data to the corresponding target CPU (CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B) by selecting the DMA transfer channel.
二、 CPU与共享类外部设备 102B的连接  Second, the CPU and the shared external device 102B connection
(一) 终端中包含两个 CPU  (1) The terminal contains two CPUs
实施方式一  Embodiment 1
如图 2所示, CPU1和 CPU2分别与共享类外部设备 102B进行连接, 且在共享类外部设 备 102B 与 CPU1、 CPU2 的通路上, 设置有线路切换装置 104 (该共享类外部设备 102B 如 "照相机" ) 。  As shown in FIG. 2, the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B, and on the path of the shared external device 102B and the CPU 1, CPU 2, a line switching device 104 (the shared external device 102B such as "camera" is provided. " ).
在一种具体的实施方式下, 由线路切换装置 104 来检测共享类外部设备 102B 所需要传 输的数据的类型。 其中, 当数据类型为私密类型的情况下, 判定共享类外部设备 102B 需要 与 CPU1进行交互, 则线路切换装置 104使得 CPU1与共享类外部设备 102B之间的线路保持 闭合, 而 CPU2 与共享类外部设备 102B 之间的线路保持断开; 当数据类型为非私密类型的 情况下, 判定共享类外部设备 102B需要与 CPU2进行交互, 则线路切换装置 104使得 CPU2 与共享类外部设备 102B之间的线路保持闭合, 而 CPU1 与共享类外部设备 102B之间的线路 保持断开。  In a specific embodiment, the type of data that the shared-type external device 102B needs to transmit is detected by the line switching device 104. Wherein, when the data type is private, it is determined that the shared external device 102B needs to interact with the CPU 1, and the line switching device 104 keeps the line between the CPU 1 and the shared external device 102B closed, and the CPU 2 and the shared external device The line between the devices 102B remains disconnected; when the data type is non-private, it is determined that the shared external device 102B needs to interact with the CPU 2, and the line switching device 104 causes the line between the CPU 2 and the shared external device 102B. Stay closed while the line between CPU1 and shared class external device 102B remains disconnected.
通过线路切换装置 104 通过对共享类外部设备 102B 需要传输的数据进行类型辨识, 直 接对线路进行切换, 从而实现对数据的传输方向进行控制, 确保私密数据由 CPU1 进行处 理, 而非私密数据由 CPU2进行处理。 The line switching device 104 directly switches the line by performing type identification on the data to be transmitted by the shared external device 102B, thereby realizing control of the data transmission direction, and ensuring that the private data is performed by the CPU1. Rational, non-private data is processed by CPU2.
在另一种具体的实施方式下, 线路切换装置 104 不对来自共享类外部设备 102B 的数据 进行类型识别, 而是默认将所有的数据都传输至 CPU1。 即无论当前 CPU1或者 CPU2与共享 类外部设备 102B之间的线路是连通的, 都转换为使得 CPU1 与共享类外部设备 102B之间的 线路闭合, 然后将数据发送给 CPU1 , 由 CPU1 对数据的类型进行识别, 若为私密类型, 则 CPU1 直接对其进行处理, 若为非私密类型, 则 CPU1 将其转发至 CPU2, 由 CPU2 进行处 理。  In another specific embodiment, the line switching device 104 does not type-recognize data from the shared-type external device 102B, but transmits all data to the CPU 1 by default. That is, regardless of whether the line between the current CPU 1 or the CPU 2 and the shared-type external device 102B is connected, the circuit is switched such that the line between the CPU 1 and the shared-type external device 102B is closed, and then the data is sent to the CPU 1 , and the type of data by the CPU 1 For identification, if it is private, CPU1 directly processes it. If it is non-private, CPU1 forwards it to CPU2 and processes it by CPU2.
由于线路切换装置 104 不对来自共享类外部设备 102B 的数据进行类型识别, 而是将所 有数据都发送至 CPU1 , 并由 CPU1执行类型识别和数据分配, 而 CPU1专门用于处理私密数 据, 相对于 CPU2 而言, 更为安全的处理器, 因而将所有数据都发送至 CPU1 , 即便其中的 非私密数据被其他应用程序 (相对于原本应该被发送至的应用程序) 获取和利用, 也不会导 致私密信息的泄露; 而只要能够保证私密数据不会被 CPU2 进行处理, 就能够在物理上隔离 非法应用程序基于 CPU2对私密数据的获取和利用, 从而确保了终端的数据安全。  Since the line switching device 104 does not perform type identification on the data from the shared class external device 102B, all data is transmitted to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 performs type identification and data allocation, and the CPU 1 is exclusively used to process private data with respect to the CPU 2 In this case, a more secure processor sends all the data to CPU1, even if the non-private data is obtained and utilized by other applications (relative to the application that should be sent to), it does not result in privacy. The leakage of information; as long as it can ensure that private data will not be processed by CPU2, it can physically isolate the illegal application based on the acquisition and utilization of private data by CPU2, thus ensuring the data security of the terminal.
在又一种具体的实施方式下, 线路切换装置 104 仍然不对来自共享类外部设备 102B 的 数据进行类型识别, 而是直接进行传输。 具体地, 线路切换装置 104 需要查看其与 CPU1、 CPU2之前的线路连接关系, 在查看到当前与 CPU1之间的通路闭合、 与 CPU2之间的通路开 路的情况下, 直接将所述数据传输至 CPU1 ; 在查看到当前与 CPU2 之间的通路闭合、 与 CPU1 之间的通路开路的情况下, 将所述数据传输至 CPU2 , 以由 CPU2 转发至 CPU1 ; 其 中, CPU1对私密类型的数据进行处理, 并将非私密类型的数据转发至 CPU2。  In yet another specific embodiment, the line switching device 104 still does not type-recognize data from the shared-type external device 102B, but directly transmits it. Specifically, the line switching device 104 needs to check its previous line connection relationship with the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, and directly transmits the data to the case where the path between the current CPU 1 and the CPU 1 is closed and the path between the CPU 2 and the CPU 2 is opened. CPU1; in the case of seeing that the path between the current and CPU2 is closed, and the path between the CPU1 and the CPU1 is open, the data is transferred to the CPU 2 to be forwarded by the CPU 2 to the CPU 1; wherein the CPU 1 processes the data of the private type , and forward non-private type data to CPU2.
在该技术方案中, 实际上还是由 CPU1 进行数据的类型识别, 则线路切换装置 104 只要 直接利用当前处理连通状态的线路进行发送数据即可, 降低了对于线路切换装置 104 的要 求, 有利于对制造成本的控制。 由于共享类外部设备 102B 传输的数据在任何情况下, 都不 会被 CPU2 直接进行处理, 使得可能存在的私密数据即便开始时被发送至 CPU2 , 也确保不 会被 CPU2 进行处理就直接被转发至 CPU1 , 使得终端即便是低配置, 也能够具有高安全 性。  In this technical solution, the type identification of the data is actually performed by the CPU 1. The line switching device 104 can transmit data by directly using the line currently processing the connected state, thereby reducing the requirement for the line switching device 104, which is advantageous for Control of manufacturing costs. Since the data transmitted by the shared-type external device 102B is not directly processed by the CPU 2 under any circumstances, the private data that may exist is transmitted to the CPU 2 even if it is started, and is ensured that it is directly forwarded to the CPU 2 without being processed. The CPU 1 enables the terminal to have high security even in a low configuration.
在图 2所示的技术方案中, 线路切换装置 104都具有自主的线路切换、 数据类型识别等 功能; 但实际上, 也可以由其他的装置来控制线路切换装置 104的操作。  In the technical solution shown in Fig. 2, the line switching device 104 has functions such as autonomous line switching, data type identification, etc.; however, in practice, the operation of the line switching device 104 can be controlled by other devices.
在一种情况下, 如图 8所述, 可以由 CPU1对线路切换装置 104进行控制。 具体地, 在 线路切换装置 104的控制端口与 CPU1之间建立一条控制线路 106A, 则 CPU1可以通过该控 制线路 106A向线路切换装置 104发送控制指令, 实现具体的线路切换操作。  In one case, as shown in Fig. 8, the line switching device 104 can be controlled by the CPU 1. Specifically, a control line 106A is established between the control port of the line switching device 104 and the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 can send a control command to the line switching device 104 through the control line 106A to implement a specific line switching operation.
那么, 当 CPU1 需要与共享类外部设备 102B 进行交互时, 可以直接通过对线路切换装 置 104的控制, 闭合 CPU1 对应的线路, 而断开 CPU2对应的线路; 当 CPU2需要与共享类 外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则需要先向 CPU1发送切换请求, CPU1在能够接受该切换请求 时, 通过控制线路切换装置 104, 闭合 CPU2 对应的线路, 而断开 CPU1 对应的线路 (控制 线路 106A始终保持闭合) 。  Then, when the CPU 1 needs to interact with the shared-type external device 102B, the line corresponding to the CPU 1 can be closed by directly controlling the line switching device 104, and the line corresponding to the CPU 2 can be disconnected; when the CPU 2 needs to perform with the shared-type external device 102B. When interacting, it is necessary to first send a handover request to the CPU 1. When the CPU 1 can accept the handover request, the CPU 1 controls the line switching device 104 to close the line corresponding to the CPU 2, and disconnects the line corresponding to the CPU 1 (the control line 106A is always kept closed).
在该技术方案中, 控制端口是用于对线路切换装置 104 的线路切换动作直接进行控制 的。 由于当 CPU1 处理更为重要、 私密性的数据时, CPU1 是相对于 CPU2 的 "安全处理 器" , 因而由 CPU1 对线路切换装置 104进行控制时, 既能够完成数据的传输, 又能够确保 终端的数据安全性, 从物理上使得非法应用程序无法通过 CPU2对线路切换装置 104进行控 制, 避免私密数据被非法应用程序获取。  In this technical solution, the control port is used to directly control the line switching action of the line switching device 104. Since the CPU 1 is a "secure processor" with respect to the CPU 2 when the CPU 1 processes more important and private data, when the CPU 1 controls the line switching device 104, data transmission can be completed and the terminal can be secured. Data security, which physically prevents an illegal application from controlling the line switching device 104 through the CPU 2, prevents private data from being acquired by an illegal application.
在另一种情况下, 线路切换装置 104 的控制端口也可以与 CPU2相连接, 从而构成控制 线路 106B , 具体如图 9所示。  In another case, the control port of the line switching device 104 can also be connected to the CPU 2 to constitute the control line 106B, as shown in Fig. 9.
那么, 当 CPU2 需要与共享类外部设备 102B 进行交互时, 可以直接通过对线路切换装 置 104的控制, 闭合 CPU2对应的线路, 而断开 CPU1 对应的线路; 当 CPU1 需要与共享类 外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则需要先向 CPU2发送切换请求, CPU2在能够接受该切换请求 时, 通过控制线路切换装置 104, 闭合 CPU1 对应的线路, 而断开 CPU2 对应的线路 (控制 线路 106A始终保持闭合) 。 Then, when the CPU 2 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the line corresponding to the CPU 2 can be closed and the line corresponding to the CPU 1 can be disconnected directly by controlling the line switching device 104; when the CPU 1 needs to share with the class When the external device 102B interacts, it is necessary to first transmit a handover request to the CPU 2, and when the CPU 2 can accept the handover request, the CPU 2 controls the line switching device 104 to close the line corresponding to the CPU 1, and disconnects the line corresponding to the CPU 2 (the control line 106A is always Keep closed).
在该技术方案中, 由于 CPU1 专用于私密数据的处理, 但往往大部分数据都是非私密数 据, 因而可以使用处理能力较弱的 CPU1和处理能力较强的 CPU2 , 并且当 CPU2控制线路切 换装置 104 时, 有利于充分利用 CPU2的处理能力, 避免控制过程可能对 CPU1 造成的处理 压力。 虽然 CPU2 的控制相对于 CPU1 而言, 可能造成安全性降低, 但仍然能够保证一定程 度的安全性, 并且有助于降低终端的整体生产成本。  In this technical solution, since the CPU 1 is dedicated to the processing of private data, most of the data is often non-private data, so that the CPU 1 having weak processing capability and the CPU 2 having strong processing capability can be used, and when the CPU 2 controls the line switching device 104. In this case, it is beneficial to make full use of the processing power of the CPU 2 to avoid the processing pressure that the control process may cause on the CPU 1. Although the control of CPU2 may cause a decrease in security with respect to CPU1, it still guarantees a certain degree of security and helps to reduce the overall production cost of the terminal.
实施方式二  Embodiment 2
如图 2 所示, CPU1 和 CPU2 分别直接与共享类外部设备 102B (如 "按键" ) 进行连 接。  As shown in Figure 2, CPU1 and CPU2 are directly connected to shared external device 102B (such as "button").
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述共享类外部设备 102B 将所有需要传输的数据都传输 至对应的处于连通状态的处理器。 具体地, 若所述处于连通状态的处理器为 CPU1 , 则 CPU1 处理来自所述共享类外部设备 102B的私密数据, 并将来自所述共享类外部设备 102B的非私 密数据转发至 CPU2; 若所述处于连通状态的处理器为 CPU2 , 则 CPU2直接将来自所述共享 类外部设备 102B 的数据转发至 CPU1 , 以及 CPU1 处理来自 CPU2 的私密数据, 并将来自 In the above technical solution, preferably, the shared-type external device 102B transmits all data that needs to be transmitted to a corresponding processor in a connected state. Specifically, if the processor in the connected state is the CPU 1, the CPU 1 processes the private data from the shared external device 102B, and forwards the non-private data from the shared external device 102B to the CPU 2; The processor in the connected state is CPU2, then the CPU 2 directly forwards data from the shared class external device 102B to the CPU1, and the CPU1 processes the private data from the CPU2, and will come from
CPU2的非私密数据转发至 CPU2 CPU2's non-private data is forwarded to CPU2
在该技术方案中, 由 CPU1 进行数据的类型识别, 无需添加另外的硬件设备来对数据进 行类型识别, 有利于对制造成本的控制。 由于共享类外部设备 102B 传输的数据在任何情况 下, 都不会被 CPU2 直接进行处理, 使得可能存在的私密数据即便开始时被发送至 CPU2 , 也确保不会被 CPU2 进行处理就直接被转发至 CPU1 , 使得终端即便是低配置, 也能够具有 高安全性。  In this technical solution, the type identification of the data by the CPU 1 eliminates the need to add another hardware device to perform type identification on the data, which is advantageous for controlling the manufacturing cost. Since the data transmitted by the shared-type external device 102B is not directly processed by the CPU 2 under any circumstances, the private data that may exist is transmitted to the CPU 2 even if it is started, and is ensured that it is directly forwarded to the CPU 2 without being processed. The CPU 1 enables the terminal to have high security even in a low configuration.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 在 CPU1 和 CPU2之间可以通过指令的交互实现协同。 比 如当 CPU1 需要向所述外部设备传输数据时, 向 CPU2发送中断指令, 使 CPU2将与所述共 享类外部设备 102B相连接的端口设置成高阻状态, 则 CPU1 可以将与共享类外部设备 102B 相连接的端口从高阻状态恢复正常状态, 实现数据交互; 当 CPU2 需要向所述外部设备传输 数据时, 向 CPU1发送中断指令, 使 CPU1将与所述共享类外部设备 102B相连接的端口设置 成高阻状态, 则 CPU2 可以将与共享类外部设备 102B 相连接的端口从高阻状态恢复正常的 连通状态, 实现数据交互。  In the above technical solution, preferably, cooperation between the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 can be achieved by the interaction of instructions. For example, when the CPU 1 needs to transmit data to the external device, and sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 sets the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B to a high-impedance state, the CPU 1 can connect the sharing-type external device 102B. The connected port returns from the high-resistance state to the normal state to implement data interaction; when the CPU 2 needs to transmit data to the external device, it sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1 to cause the CPU 1 to set the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B. In the high-impedance state, the CPU 2 can restore the normal connection state from the high-resistance state to the port connected to the shared-type external device 102B, thereby implementing data interaction.
在该技术方案中, 通过 CPU1 与 CPU2之间的指令交互, 则同一时间仅存在一个处理器 与共享类外部设备 102B相连接, 实现两者在物理上的彻底隔离, 确保终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, through the instruction interaction between the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, only one processor is connected to the shared external device 102B at the same time, so that the two are physically separated completely, and the security of the terminal is ensured.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, CPU2完成向所述共享类外部设备 102B传输数据之后, 向 In the above technical solution, preferably, after the CPU 2 completes transmitting data to the shared-type external device 102B,
CPU1 发送恢复指令, 使 CPU1 将与所述共享类外部设备 102B 相连接的端口恢复成连通状 太 The CPU 1 sends a resume command to cause the CPU 1 to restore the port connected to the shared external device 102B to be connected.
在该技术方案中, 由于 CPU1 是用于处理私密数据的, 其相对于 CPU2 而言是 "安全处 理器" , 则为了确保 CPU1能够优先实现与共享类外部设备 102B的交互, 使得 CPU2在不必 要与共享类外部设备 102B进行数据交互的情况下, 都主动断开与共享类外部设备 102B的连 接, 而使得 CPU1及时恢复与共享类外部设备 102B的连接。  In this technical solution, since the CPU 1 is for processing private data, which is a "secure processor" with respect to the CPU 2, in order to ensure that the CPU 1 can preferentially implement the interaction with the shared-type external device 102B, the CPU 2 is unnecessary. In the case of data interaction with the shared-type external device 102B, the connection with the shared-type external device 102B is actively disconnected, so that the CPU 1 restores the connection with the shared-type external device 102B in time.
当然, 由于 CPU1 和 CPU2是以中断指令进行交互的, 则当 CPU1 或 CPU2接收到中断 指令时, 极可能需要暂停当前的操作, 而使得中断指令的发送方先执行操作, 则即便是 CPU1 发送了中断指令, 在 CPU1 完成操作之后, 也同样可以向 CPU2 发送恢复指令, 使得 CPU2能够及时执行暂停的操作。  Of course, since CPU1 and CPU2 interact with interrupt instructions, when CPU1 or CPU2 receives an interrupt instruction, it is highly likely that the current operation needs to be suspended, so that the sender of the interrupt instruction performs the operation first, even if CPU1 sends The interrupt instruction, after the CPU1 completes the operation, can also send a resume instruction to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 can perform the suspended operation in time.
(二) 终端中包含两个以上 CPU  (2) The terminal contains more than two CPUs
情况一: 共享类外部设备 102B与 CPU之间的线路上包含线路切换装置 104 实施方式一 Case 1: The line switching device 104 is included on the line between the shared external device 102B and the CPU. Embodiment 1
在用于处理私密数据 /非私密数据的多个 CPU 中, 以某个 CPU 作为与共享类外部设备 102B的 "中继" , 而其他 CPU则通过该 "中继" 来实现与共享类外部设备 102B的交互。  In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a CPU is used as a "relay" with the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs implement the shared-type external device through the "relay". 102B interaction.
具体地, 如图 10所示, 假定在 CPU1和共享类外部设备 102B之间建立连接 (具体是通 过线路切换装置 104 实现数据的转发) , 而其他用于处理私密数据的多个 CPU, 与 CPU1通 过 "串联" 方式连接; 同时, 假定在 CPU2 和共享类外部设备 102B 之间建立连接 (具体是 通过线路切换装置 104 实现数据的转发) , 而其他用于处理非私密数据的多个 CPU , 与 CPU2通过 "并联 " 方式连接。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, it is assumed that a connection is established between the CPU 1 and the shared-type external device 102B (specifically, data is forwarded by the line switching device 104), and other CPUs for processing private data, and the CPU 1 Connected by "cascade" mode; at the same time, it is assumed that a connection is established between the CPU 2 and the shared-type external device 102B (specifically, data is forwarded by the line switching device 104), and other CPUs for processing non-private data, and CPU2 is connected in "parallel" mode.
对于 "串联" 方式: 当 CPU1需要与共享类外部设备 102B交互时, 则 CPU1直接与共享 类外部设备 102B进行数据交互; 当 CPU1A需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则由 CPU1 进行数据转发; 当 CPU1B 需要与共享类外部设备 102B 进行交互时, 则由 CPU1A、 CPU1进行数据转发。  For the "series" mode: When the CPU 1 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 1 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 1A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 1 performs data forwarding. When CPU1B needs to interact with shared class external device 102B, data is forwarded by CPU1A and CPU1.
对于 "并联" 方式: 当 CPU2需要与共享类外部设备 102B交互时, 则 CPU2直接与共享 类外部设备 102B进行数据交互; 当 CPU2A需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则由 CPU2进行数据转发; 当 CPU2B需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 也由 CPU2进行 数据转发。  For the "parallel" mode: When the CPU 2 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 2A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 performs data forwarding. When the CPU 2B needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 also performs data forwarding.
当然, 用于私密数据处理的 CPU 也可以采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串 联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式; 而用于非私密数据处理的 CPU也可以采用 "串联" 的 连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 这是显而易见的。  Of course, CPUs used for private data processing can also use "parallel" connection, and even partially use "series" and partially "parallel" connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use "series". It is obvious that the connection method is even partially "series" and partially "parallel".
除了与共享类外部设备 102B 的交互, 当多个 CPU 之间进行交互时, 也可能需要其他 In addition to interacting with the shared external device 102B, other interactions may be required when interacting with multiple CPUs
CPU的数据转发。 比如当 CPU1与 CPU2或 CPU1A进行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU1 与 CPU1B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU1A进行转发; 当 CPU2与 CPU1、 CPU2A或 CPU2B进 行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU2A与 CPU2B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU2进行转发。 CPU data forwarding. For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
此外, 在 "并联 " 的基础上, CPU2A 与 CPU2B 之间也可能存在连接 (图中未示出) , 能够实现两者间直接的数据交互。 进一步地, 当 CPU 的数量更多时, 所有的 CPU之间, 两 两都可能直接执行数据交互, 而无需其他 CPU 的转发。  In addition, on the basis of "parallel", there may be a connection between CPU2A and CPU2B (not shown), which enables direct data interaction between the two. Further, when the number of CPUs is larger, data exchange between the CPUs and both of them may be performed directly without the need for forwarding by other CPUs.
实施方式二  Embodiment 2
在用于处理私密数据 /非私密数据的多个 CPU中, 每个 CPU均 "并联" 至共享类外部设 备 102B , 并直接与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互, 而不需要其他 CPU作为 "中继" 。  In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, each CPU is "parallel" to the shared class external device 102B and directly interacts with the shared class external device 102B without requiring other CPUs as "relays" " .
具体地, 如图 1 1 所示, 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 分别连接至共享 类外部设备 102B (通过线路切换装置 104 实现间接连接) , 同时, 用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B也分别连接至共享类外部设备 102B。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, the CPU 1, CPU 1A, and CPU IB for processing private data are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B (indirect connection is implemented by the line switching device 104), and at the same time, for processing non-private data. The CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B are also connected to the shared class external device 102B, respectively.
同时, 在具有相同处理功能的多个 CPU 之间, 可以采用上述文字中提及的 "串联" 和 / 或 "并联" 方式。 作为一种具体的实施例, 图 1 1 中示出了: 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 采用了 "串联 " 方式, 而用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 采用了 "并联" 方式。  At the same time, between the multiple CPUs with the same processing function, the "series" and / or "parallel" methods mentioned in the above text can be used. As a specific embodiment, FIG. 11 shows: CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU IB for processing private data adopt "cascade" mode, and CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data are used. "Parallel" mode.
当每个 CPU都连接至共享类外部设备 102B时, 用于一种处理功能的 CPU可能需要与另 一种处理功能的 CPU进行交互。 比如当共享类外部设备 102B将数据传输至 CPU1A之后: 第一种情况下, CPU1A 发现该数据为非私密数据, 但不清楚由哪个 CPU 进行处理; 第二种 情况下, CPU 1 A发现该数据为非私密数据, 且知道应该由哪个 CPU进行处理。  When each CPU is connected to the shared class external device 102B, the CPU for one processing function may need to interact with the CPU of another processing function. For example, when the shared external device 102B transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1 A finds the data. It is non-private data and knows which CPU should be processed.
在上述两种情况下, 仍需要根据 CPU 的具体连接情况进行分析:  In both cases, you still need to analyze based on the specific connection of the CPU:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系 ) , 则对于第一种情况, CPU1A 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A确定具体的目标 CPU; 对于第二种情况, CPU1A可以直 接将数据传输至目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。 Assuming that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection relationship is not shown in the figure), for the first case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data. , for example, CPU2A, then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can be straight The data is transferred to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 1 1 所示, CPU1A只能够与 CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 11. CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B. CPU1A can send data to CPU1, which is sent by CPU1 to CPU2. CPU2 forwards to the target CPU.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 12所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1 与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相 邻的 CPU1、 CPU1B直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A直接交互, 则当 CPU1A接收到共享类外部 设备 102B发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU间接传输至用于处理非私密数 据的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 12, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B directly, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, when the CPU 1A receives the transmission from the shared external device 102B. Non-private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
情况二: 共享类外部设备 102B与 CPU之间的线路上不包含线路切换装置 104 实施方式一  Case 2: The line switching device is not included on the line between the shared external device 102B and the CPU. 104 Embodiment 1
在用于处理私密数据 /非私密数据的多个 CPU 中, 以某个 CPU 作为与共享类外部设备 102B的 "中继" , 而其他 CPU则通过该 "中继" 来实现与共享类外部设备 102B的交互。  In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, a CPU is used as a "relay" with the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs implement the shared-type external device through the "relay". 102B interaction.
具体地, 如图 13所示, 假定在 CPU1和共享类外部设备 102B之间建立连接, 而其他用 于处理私密数据的多个 CPU, 与 CPU1通过 "串联 " 方式连接; 同时, 假定在 CPU2和共享 类外部设备 102B 之间建立连接, 而其他用于处理非私密数据的多个 CPU, 与 CPU2 通过 "并联 " 方式连接。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, it is assumed that a connection is established between the CPU 1 and the shared-type external device 102B, and other CPUs for processing private data are connected to the CPU 1 in a "series" manner; meanwhile, it is assumed that the CPU 2 and A connection is established between the shared class external devices 102B, and other CPUs for processing non-private data are connected to the CPU 2 in a "parallel" manner.
对于 "串联" 方式: 当 CPU1需要与共享类外部设备 102B交互时, 则 CPU1直接与共享 类外部设备 102B进行数据交互; 当 CPU1A需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则由 CPU1 进行数据转发; 当 CPU1B 需要与共享类外部设备 102B 进行交互时, 则由 CPU1A、 CPU1进行数据转发。  For the "series" mode: When the CPU 1 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 1 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 1A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 1 performs data forwarding. When CPU1B needs to interact with shared class external device 102B, data is forwarded by CPU1A and CPU1.
对于 "并联" 方式: 当 CPU2需要与共享类外部设备 102B交互时, 则 CPU2直接与共享 类外部设备 102B进行数据交互; 当 CPU2A需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 则由 CPU2进行数据转发; 当 CPU2B需要与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互时, 也由 CPU2进行 数据转发。  For the "parallel" mode: When the CPU 2 needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 directly performs data interaction with the shared class external device 102B; when the CPU 2A needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 performs data forwarding. When the CPU 2B needs to interact with the shared class external device 102B, the CPU 2 also performs data forwarding.
当然, 用于私密数据处理的 CPU 也可以采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串 联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式; 而用于非私密数据处理的 CPU也可以采用 "串联" 的 连接方式, 甚至部分采用 "串联" 、 部分采用 "并联" 的连接方式, 这是显而易见的。  Of course, CPUs used for private data processing can also use "parallel" connection, and even partially use "series" and partially "parallel" connections; CPUs for non-private data processing can also use "series". It is obvious that the connection method is even partially "series" and partially "parallel".
除了与共享类外部设备 102B 的交互, 当多个 CPU 之间进行交互时, 也可能需要其他 In addition to interacting with the shared external device 102B, other interactions may be required when interacting with multiple CPUs
CPU的数据转发。 比如当 CPU1与 CPU2或 CPU1A进行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU1 与 CPU1B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU1A进行转发; 当 CPU2与 CPU1、 CPU2A或 CPU2B进 行交互时, 则直接交互即可; 当 CPU2A与 CPU2B进行交互时, 则需要 CPU2进行转发。 CPU data forwarding. For example, when CPU1 interacts with CPU2 or CPU1A, it can directly interact; when CPU1 interacts with CPU1B, it needs CPU1A to forward; when CPU2 interacts with CPU1, CPU2A or CPU2B, it can directly interact; When the CPU 2A interacts with the CPU 2B, the CPU 2 is required to perform the transfer.
此外, 在 "并联 " 的基础上, CPU2A 与 CPU2B 之间也可能存在连接 (图中未示出) , 能够实现两者间直接的数据交互。 进一步地, 当 CPU 的数量更多时, 所有的 CPU之间, 两 两都可能直接执行数据交互, 而无需其他 CPU 的转发。  In addition, on the basis of "parallel", there may be a connection between CPU2A and CPU2B (not shown), which enables direct data interaction between the two. Further, when the number of CPUs is larger, data exchange between the CPUs and both of them may be performed directly without the need for forwarding by other CPUs.
实施方式二  Embodiment 2
在用于处理私密数据 /非私密数据的多个 CPU中, 每个 CPU均 "并联" 至共享类外部设 备 102B , 并直接与共享类外部设备 102B进行交互, 而不需要其他 CPU作为 "中继" 。  In a plurality of CPUs for processing private data/non-private data, each CPU is "parallel" to the shared class external device 102B and directly interacts with the shared class external device 102B without requiring other CPUs as "relays" " .
具体地, 如图 14 所示, 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 分别连接至共享 类外部设备 102B , 同时, 用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B也分别连接至共享 类外部设备 102B。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14, the CPU 1, the CPU 1A, and the CPU IB for processing the private data are respectively connected to the shared external device 102B, and the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, and the CPU 2B for processing the non-private data are also respectively connected to the shared class. External device 102B.
同时, 在具有相同处理功能的多个 CPU 之间, 可以采用上述文字中提及的 "串联" 和 / 或 "并联" 方式。 作为一种具体的实施例, 图 14 中示出了: 用于处理私密数据的 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU IB 采用了 "串联 " 方式, 而用于处理非私密数据的 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 采用了 "并联" 方式。 At the same time, between the multiple CPUs with the same processing function, the "series" and / or "parallel" methods mentioned in the above text can be used. As a specific embodiment, FIG. 14 shows: CPU1 for processing private data. The CPU1A and CPU IB adopt the "series" mode, and the CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B for processing non-private data adopt the "parallel" mode.
当每个 CPU都连接至共享类外部设备 102B时, 用于一种处理功能的 CPU可能需要与另 一种处理功能的 CPU进行交互。 比如当共享类外部设备 102B将数据传输至 CPU1A之后: 第一种情况下, CPU1A 发现该数据为非私密数据, 但不清楚由哪个 CPU 进行处理; 第二种 情况下, CPU 1 A发现该数据为非私密数据, 且知道应该由哪个 CPU进行处理。  When each CPU is connected to the shared class external device 102B, the CPU for one processing function may need to interact with the CPU of another processing function. For example, when the shared external device 102B transfers data to the CPU 1A: In the first case, the CPU 1A finds that the data is non-private data, but it is not clear which CPU is processed; in the second case, the CPU 1 A finds the data. It is non-private data and knows which CPU should be processed.
在上述两种情况下, 仍需要根据 CPU 的具体连接情况进行分析:  In both cases, you still need to analyze based on the specific connection of the CPU:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系 ) , 则对于第一种情况, CPU1A 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A确定具体的目标 CPU; 对于第二种情况, CPU1A可以直 接将数据传输至目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。  Assuming that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection relationship is not shown in the figure), for the first case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to any CPU for processing non-private data. For example, CPU2A, then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; for the second case, CPU1A can directly transfer data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 14所示, CPU1A只能够与 CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU. For example, as shown in Figure 14, CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, send it to CPU2 by CPU1, and by CPU2. Forward to the target CPU.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 15所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1 与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相 邻的 CPU1、 CPU1B直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A直接交互, 则当 CPU1A接收到共享类外部 设备 102B发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU间接传输至用于处理非私密数 据的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  It is assumed that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 15, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU 1B directly, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, when the CPU 1A receives the transmission from the shared external device 102B. Non-private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data by an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A, and determined by CPU2A and transmitted to the final target CPU.
三、 非限制类外部设备 102C与 CPU的连接  Third, non-restricted external devices 102C and CPU connection
与图 2至图 4所示的限制类外部设备 102A与 CPU1 之间的连接和交互方式类似, 非限 制类外部设备 102C与 CPU2直接相连, 并且也可以采用如: CPU2直接执行 CPU1 与非限制 类外部设备 102C 之间的数据转发; CPU2 通过端口配置, 闭合 CPU1 与非限制类外部设备 102C之间的通路; CPU2在 CPU1与非限制类外部设备 102C之间配置建立 DMA传输通道, 以调用 CPU2的总线的方式, 实现数据交互。  Similar to the connection and interaction between the restricted external device 102A and the CPU 1 shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, the non-restricted external device 102C is directly connected to the CPU 2, and may also adopt, for example, the CPU 2 directly executes the CPU 1 and the unrestricted class. Data forwarding between the external devices 102C; the CPU 2 closes the path between the CPU 1 and the non-restricted external device 102C through the port configuration; the CPU 2 configures a DMA transfer channel between the CPU 1 and the unrestricted external device 102C to call the CPU 2 The way of the bus, the realization of data interaction.
同样地, 针对图 5 至图 7 所示的包含多个 CPU 的情况下, 将其中的 "限制类外部设备 102A" 替换为 "非限制类外部设备 102A" , 将 CPU1、 CPU1A、 CPU1B等作为对应于如图 2 所示的 CPU2 的 CPU, 将 CPU2、 CPU2A、 CPU2B 等作为对应于如图 2 所示的 CPU1 的 CPU, 则上述的所有数据交互方式都可以应用于此。  Similarly, in the case of including a plurality of CPUs as shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, the "restricted external device 102A" is replaced with the "unrestricted external device 102A", and the CPU 1, CPU 1A, CPU 1B, and the like are associated. In the CPU of the CPU 2 shown in FIG. 2, the CPU 2, the CPU 2A, the CPU 2B, and the like are used as the CPU corresponding to the CPU 1 shown in FIG. 2, and all of the above-described data interaction methods can be applied thereto.
四、 CPU与外部设备之间的连接  Fourth, the connection between the CPU and external devices
以上描述的都是在 CPU 与外部设备 (包括限制类外部设备 102A、 共享类外部设备 102B、 非限制类外部设备 102C 中的任意一种或多种) 之间的数据交互, 而对于终端来说, 还包括与其他终端或服务器之间的数据交互, 则涉及 CPU 与通信模块之间的上下行数据交 互。  The above describes the data interaction between the CPU and the external device (including any one or more of the restricted class external device 102A, the shared class external device 102B, and the unrestricted class external device 102C), and for the terminal It also includes data interaction with other terminals or servers, and involves uplink and downlink data interaction between the CPU and the communication module.
如图 16所示, 假定 CPU1 用于处理私密数据, CPU2用于处理非私密数据, 而通信模块 106 用于上下行数据的收发。 那么, 对于上行数据, 由于通信模块 106 分别连接至 CPU1 和 CPU2, 因而来自 CPU1 的数据就是私密数据、 来自 CPU2的数据就是非私密数据; 对于下行 数据, 由通信模块 106 直接对接收到的数据进行类型识别, 若为私密数据, 则直接传输至 CPU1 , 若为非私密数据, 则直接传输至 CPU2。  As shown in Fig. 16, it is assumed that the CPU 1 is used to process private data, the CPU 2 is used to process non-private data, and the communication module 106 is used for transmitting and receiving of uplink and downlink data. Then, for the uplink data, since the communication module 106 is respectively connected to the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, the data from the CPU 1 is private data, the data from the CPU 2 is non-private data; and for the downlink data, the communication module 106 directly directly performs the received data. Type identification, if it is private data, is directly transmitted to CPU1, and if it is non-private data, it is directly transmitted to CPU2.
通过通信模块 106 对数据进行类型识别, 使得私密数据和非私密数据分别被分配至 CPU1和 CPU2 , 实现物理上的数据隔离, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  The data is identified by the communication module 106, so that the private data and the non-private data are respectively allocated to the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 to implement physical data isolation, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
同时, 为了进一步提升安全性, 还可以为通信模块 106 添加一项功能, 即当通信模块 106与 CPU1 交互时, 切断与 CPU2的连接, 当通信模块 106与 CPU2交互时, 切断与 CPU1 的连接; 或者, 在通信模块 106与 CPU1、 CPU2之间添加类似于图 10- 12中所示的线路切换 装置 104的设备, 通过该设备自身或 CPU1、 CPU2进行控制, 实现当通信模块 106与 CPU1 交互时, 切断与 CPU2的连接, 当通信模块 106与 CPU2交互时, 切断与 CPU1 的连接。 通 过对线路的连通和断开, 使得物理地隔离私密数据和非私密数据, 有助于进一步提升终端的 安全性。 At the same time, in order to further improve the security, it is also possible to add a function to the communication module 106, that is, when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 1, the connection with the CPU 2 is cut off, and when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 2, the CPU 1 is disconnected. Alternatively, a device similar to the line switching device 104 shown in FIG. 10-12 is added between the communication module 106 and the CPU 1, CPU 2, and is controlled by the device itself or the CPU 1, CPU 2, when the communication module 106 is When the CPU 1 interacts, the connection with the CPU 2 is cut off, and when the communication module 106 interacts with the CPU 2, the connection with the CPU 1 is cut off. By physically connecting and disconnecting the lines, the physical isolation of private data and non-private data helps to further enhance the security of the terminal.
终端中还可以存在多个通信模块 106, 比如图 17所示, 包括通信模块 106A和通信模块 106B , 两者都分别连接至 CPU1和 CPU2, 则对于通信模块 106A或通信模块 106B而言, 实 际上与图 16所示的通信模块 106是相同的, 可以借鉴和采用图 16所示的通信模块 106对应 的处理策略, 因而此处不再赘述。  There may also be a plurality of communication modules 106 in the terminal, such as shown in FIG. 17, including a communication module 106A and a communication module 106B, both of which are respectively connected to the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, and thus, for the communication module 106A or the communication module 106B, actually The processing module 106 is the same as the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 16, and the processing strategy corresponding to the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 16 can be used for reference.
类似图 10-15所示的情形, 当终端中存在多个用于处理私密数据的 CPU, 和 /或多个用于 处理非私密数据的 CPU 时, 对于图 16- 17 中所描述的通信模块 106 (用于举例, 通信模块 106A和通信模块 106B与之相同) , 上述多个 CPU可以采取下述策略。  Similar to the situation shown in Figures 10-15, when there are multiple CPUs for processing private data in the terminal, and/or multiple CPUs for processing non-private data, the communication module described in Figure 16-17 106 (for example, the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B are the same), and the plurality of CPUs may adopt the following strategies.
其中, 此处仍以用于处理私密数据的 CPU 包括 CPU1、 CPU1A和 CPU1B , 用于处理非 私密数据的 CPU包括 CPU2、 CPU2A和 CPU2B为例进行说明。  The CPU for processing private data here includes CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU1B, and the CPU for processing non-private data includes CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B as an example for description.
实施方式 (一)  Implementation (1)
通信模块 106 仅连接至一个用于处理私密数据的 CPU 和一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如连接至 CPU1和 CPU2。  The communication module 106 is only connected to a CPU for processing private data and a CPU for processing non-private data, such as to CPU1 and CPU2.
那么, 对于数据上行时, CPU1/CPU2直接将私密数据 /非私密数据传输至通信模块 106, 而 CPU1A、 CPU IB 需要将私密数据传输至 CPU1 , 并由 CPU1 转发至通信模块 106; 类似 地, CPU2A、 CPU2B需要将非私密数据传输至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至通信模块 106。  Then, for data uplink, CPU1/CPU2 directly transfers the private data/non-private data to the communication module 106, and the CPU1A, CPU IB needs to transmit the private data to the CPU1, and is forwarded by the CPU1 to the communication module 106; similarly, the CPU2A The CPU 2B needs to transfer the non-private data to the CPU 2 and forward it to the communication module 106 by the CPU 2.
对于数据下行时, 通信模块 106 将所有的私密数据均发送至 CPU1 , 将所有的非私密数 据都发送至 CPU2 , 其中, 第一种情况下, 通信模块 106 能够通过对数据的解析等方式, 了 解到用于处理该数据的目标 CPU, 则通信模块 106可以在该数据上添加相应的标识, 从而当 CPU 1 或 CPU2接收到该数据之后, 可以根据添加的标识, 确定相应的目标 CPU, 以实现转 发; 第二种情况下, 通信模块 106无法得知接收到的数据的目标 CPU, 则通信模块 106直接 将其传输至 CPU1或 CPU2, 由 CPU1或 CPU2 自行确定相应的目标 CPU。  When the data is downlinked, the communication module 106 sends all the private data to the CPU1, and sends all the non-private data to the CPU2. In the first case, the communication module 106 can understand by analyzing the data. To the target CPU for processing the data, the communication module 106 may add a corresponding identifier on the data, so that after the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 receives the data, the corresponding target CPU may be determined according to the added identifier to implement In the second case, if the communication module 106 cannot know the target CPU of the received data, the communication module 106 directly transmits it to the CPU 1 or the CPU 2, and the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 determines the corresponding target CPU by itself.
基于多个 CPU 之间的不同连接方式, 在 CPU 之间进行数据传输时, 会存在不同的情 形。 比如图 18 所示, CPU1、 CPU1A 和 CPU1B 采用的是 "串联 " 的方式, CPU2、 CPU2A 和 CPU2B采用的是 "并联" 的方式, 则当 CPU1B需要发送上行数据或接收下行数据时, 需 要经由 CPU1A和 CPU1 的两级传输, 才能够实现; 而对于 CPU2A和 CPU2B来说, 都仅需 要 CPU2的一级传输即可实现。  Different data is transmitted between CPUs based on different connection methods between multiple CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 18, CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B are in "series" mode. CPU2, CPU2A and CPU2B are in "parallel" mode. When CPU1B needs to send uplink data or receive downlink data, it needs to pass CPU1A. Two-stage transmission with CPU1 can be realized; for CPU2A and CPU2B, only one level of transmission of CPU2 is required.
当然, 类似于图 10-15 时的描述, 对于任意类型的多个 CPU, 如用于处理私密数据或非 私密数据的 CPU, 均可以根据实际需要而采用 "串联" 或 "并联" 的连接方式, 甚至可以同 时采用 "串联" 和 "并联" 的方式进行连接。  Of course, similar to the description in Figure 10-15, for any type of CPU, such as CPU for processing private data or non-private data, you can use "series" or "parallel" connection according to actual needs. It is even possible to connect in a "series" and "parallel" mode at the same time.
实施方式 (二)  Implementation method (2)
如图 19 所示, 通信模块 106 还可以分别连接至所有的 CPU, 则对于上行数据, 每个 CPU都可以直接传输至通信模块 106, 而无需通过其他 CPU执行转发, 有利于降低数据传输 时延。 而对于下行数据, 若通信模块 106 能够了解到具体的目标 CPU, 则可以直接传输至该 目标 CPU; 若通信模块 106不能够了解到具体的目标 CPU, 则采取下述方式:  As shown in FIG. 19, the communication module 106 can also be connected to all the CPUs respectively. For the uplink data, each CPU can be directly transmitted to the communication module 106 without performing forwarding by other CPUs, which is advantageous for reducing the data transmission delay. . For the downlink data, if the communication module 106 can know the specific target CPU, it can directly transmit to the target CPU; if the communication module 106 cannot know the specific target CPU, the following method is adopted:
第一种情况下, 通信模块 106 对下行数据进行类型识别, 并根据识别结果, 将数据传输 至某个默认或任意的用于处理相同类型数据的 CPU, 比如将私密数据默认传输至 CPU1 , 非 私密数据默认传输至 CPU2, 或将私密数据任意传输至 CPU1、 CPU1A或 CPU1B , 将非私密 数据任意传输至 CPU2、 CPU2A或 CPU2B , 然后由接收到该下行数据的 CPU进一步确定并 转发至具体的目标 CPU。 第二种情况下, 通信模块 106 不对下行数据进行类型识别, 则直接将下行数据传输至某 个默认或任意的 CPU, 并由该 CPU直接进行类型识别或转发至其他 CPU进行类型识别, 然 后根据识别结果, 发送至目标 CPU。 具体地, 比如默认传输至 CPU1 , 则由 CPU1 进行类型 识别 (或是规定所有下行数据均由 CPU1A进行类型识别, 则需要传输至 CPU1A进行类型识 别) , 并根据识别结果将下行数据传输至具体的目标 CPU。 In the first case, the communication module 106 performs type identification on the downlink data, and according to the recognition result, transmits the data to a default or arbitrary CPU for processing the same type of data, for example, the private data is transmitted to the CPU1 by default. Private data is transferred to CPU2 by default, or private data is arbitrarily transferred to CPU1, CPU1A or CPU1B, and non-private data is arbitrarily transferred to CPU2, CPU2A or CPU2B, and then further determined and forwarded to the specific target by the CPU receiving the downlink data. CPU. In the second case, if the communication module 106 does not perform type identification on the downlink data, the downlink data is directly transmitted to a certain default or arbitrary CPU, and the CPU directly performs type identification or forwards to other CPUs for type identification, and then according to The result is recognized and sent to the target CPU. Specifically, for example, by default, the CPU 1 performs type identification (or specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification), and transmits the downlink data to the specific one according to the recognition result. Target CPU.
在上述各个情况下, 实际上还包含了不同类型 CPU之间的数据交互, 则此时还包含下述 多种情况:  In each of the above cases, the data interaction between different types of CPUs is actually included, and the following cases are also included:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系) 。 假定 CPU1A接收到了非私密数据, 则如果 CPU1A不知道该数据对应的目标 CPU, 则 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A 确定具体的目标 CPU; 如果 CPU1A知道该数据对应的目标 CPU, 则可以直接将数据传输至 目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。  It is assumed that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection is not shown in the figure). Assuming that CPU1A receives non-private data, if CPU1A does not know the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to any CPU for processing non-private data, such as CPU2A, and then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; If CPU1A knows the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 19所示, CPU1A只能够与 CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU. For example, as shown in Figure 19, CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 20所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1 与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相 邻的 CPU1、 CPU IB 直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A 直接交互, 则当 CPU1A接收到通信模块 106 发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU 间接传输至用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  It is assumed that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in FIG. 20, as the same type of CPU, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact with each other. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU IB, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1A receives the non-transmission sent by the communication module 106 Private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data via an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A and determined by CPU2A and transferred to the final target CPU.
在图 16-20所描述的技术方案中, 通信模块 106分别连接至用于处理私密数据的 CPU和 用于处理非私密数据的 CPU; 而在下述的图 21-25中, 每个通信模块 106 (或图 22中所示的 通信模块 106A和通信模块 106B ) 均只连接至一种类型的 CPU, 比如仅连接至用于处理私密 数据的 CPU, 或仅连接至用于处理非私密数据的 CPU。  In the technical solution described in FIGS. 16-20, the communication module 106 is respectively connected to a CPU for processing private data and a CPU for processing non-private data; and in FIGS. 21-25 described below, each communication module 106 (or the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B shown in FIG. 22) are each connected to only one type of CPU, such as only to a CPU for processing private data, or only to a CPU for processing non-private data. .
具体地, 如图 21 所示, 通信模块 106仅连接至 CPU1 , 则对于上行数据, CPU1 可以直 接与通信模块 106进行交互, 而 CPU2则需要 CPU1作为中继, 间接与通信模块 106进行交 互。 对于下行数据, 第一种情况下, 通信模块 106 能够对下行数据进行类型识别, 并根据识 别结果对下行数据添加标识, 然后全部发送至 CPU1 , 由 CPU1 根据下行数据上的标识, 确 定自行处理, 或是发送至 CPU2 进行处理; 第二种情况下, 通信模块 106 不对下行数据进行 类型识别, 则由 CPU1 对其进行类型识别后, 对私密数据直接进行处理, 并将非私密数据转 发至 CPU2进行处理。  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 21, the communication module 106 is only connected to the CPU 1, so that for the uplink data, the CPU 1 can directly interact with the communication module 106, and the CPU 2 needs the CPU 1 as a relay to indirectly interact with the communication module 106. For the downlink data, in the first case, the communication module 106 can perform type identification on the downlink data, and add an identifier to the downlink data according to the identification result, and then all send to the CPU1, and the CPU1 determines the self-processing according to the identifier on the downlink data. Or sent to the CPU2 for processing; in the second case, the communication module 106 does not perform type identification on the downlink data, after the CPU1 performs type identification, directly processes the private data, and forwards the non-private data to the CPU 2 deal with.
当然, 通信模块 106也可以连接至 CPU2, 由 CPU2直接与通信模块 106进行交互, 且 CPU1必须将 CPU2作为 "中继" , 间接实现与通信模块 106的交互。 但由于 CPU2用于处理 非私密数据, 相对于 CPU1 而言是不安全的 CPU, 因为私密数据会在 CPU2 中流转, 可能导 致非法应用程序从中进行窃取。 因此, 为了得到更为安全的应用环境, 更倾向于将通信模块 106直接与 CPU1 相连接。 下述各个技术方案中, 将以通信模块 106 与 CPU1 相连接为例进 行说明, 但基于上述描述, 这显然并不能够被理解成一种限制或限定。  Of course, the communication module 106 can also be connected to the CPU 2, and the CPU 2 directly interacts with the communication module 106, and the CPU 1 must indirectly implement the interaction with the communication module 106 by using the CPU 2 as a "relay". However, since CPU2 is used to process non-private data, it is an insecure CPU compared to CPU1, because private data will flow through CPU2, which may result in illegal applications stealing from it. Therefore, in order to obtain a safer application environment, the communication module 106 is more likely to be directly connected to the CPU 1. In the following various technical solutions, the communication module 106 is connected to the CPU 1 as an example, but based on the above description, this is obviously not a limitation or limitation.
如图 22 所示, 当终端中存在多个通信模块时, 比如包括通信模块 106A 和通信模块 106B , 则分别连接至 CPU1。 那么, 对于通信模块 106A或通信模块 106B 而言, 与图 20所 示的通信模块 106是相同的, 可以采用相应的连接方式或处理策略, 此处不再赘述。  As shown in Fig. 22, when there are a plurality of communication modules in the terminal, for example, including the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B, they are respectively connected to the CPU 1. Then, the communication module 106A or the communication module 106B is the same as the communication module 106 shown in FIG. 20, and the corresponding connection manner or processing policy may be adopted, and details are not described herein again.
类似图 16-20所示的情形, 当终端中存在多个用于处理私密数据的 CPU, 和 /或多个用于 处理非私密数据的 CPU 时, 对于图 21-22 中所描述的通信模块 106 (用于举例, 通信模块 106A和通信模块 106B与之相同) , 上述多个 CPU可以采取下述策略。 其中, 此处仍以用于处理私密数据的 CPU 包括 CPU1、 CPU1A和 CPU1B , 用于处理非 私密数据的 CPU包括 CPU2、 CPU2A和 CPU2B为例进行说明。 Similar to the situation shown in Figures 16-20, when there are multiple CPUs for processing private data in the terminal, and/or multiple CPUs for processing non-private data, the communication module described in Figure 21-22 106 (for example, the communication module 106A and the communication module 106B are the same), and the plurality of CPUs may adopt the following strategies. The CPU for processing private data here includes CPU1, CPU1A, and CPU1B, and the CPU for processing non-private data includes CPU2, CPU2A, and CPU2B as an example for description.
实施方式 (一)  Implementation (1)
通信模块 106 仅连接至一个用于处理私密数据的 CPU 或一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如连接至 CPU1。  The communication module 106 is only connected to a CPU for processing private data or a CPU for processing non-private data, such as to CPU1.
那么, 对于数据上行时, CPU1 直接与通信模块 106进行交互, 而其他所有的 CPU均需 要直接或间接地将需要发送的数据传输至 CPU1 , 由 CPU1转发至通信模块 106, 实现数据的 上行发送。  Then, when the data is uplinked, the CPU 1 directly interacts with the communication module 106, and all other CPUs need to directly or indirectly transmit the data to be transmitted to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 forwards the data to the communication module 106 to implement uplink transmission of data.
对于数据下行时, 第一种情况下, 通信模块 106 能够通过对数据的解析等方式, 了解到 用于处理该数据的目标 CPU , 则通信模块 106 可以在该数据上添加相应的标识, 从而当 CPU1 接收到该数据之后, 可以根据添加的标识, 确定相应的目标 CPU, 以实现转发; 第二 种情况下, 通信模块 106无法得知接收到的数据的目标 CPU, 则通信模块 106直接将其传输 至 CPU1 , 由 CPU1 自行确定相应的目标 CPU, 当然, 通信模块 106可以对数据的类型进行 识别, 确定其为私密数据或非私密数据之后, 才发送给 CPU1 , 或者通信模块 106 不执行类 型识别操作, 而是直接发送给 CPU1 , 由 CPU1对接收到的数据进行类型识别。  For the data downlink, in the first case, the communication module 106 can understand the target CPU for processing the data by analyzing the data, etc., and the communication module 106 can add a corresponding identifier to the data, thereby After receiving the data, the CPU 1 may determine the corresponding target CPU according to the added identifier to implement forwarding. In the second case, the communication module 106 cannot know the target CPU of the received data, and the communication module 106 directly directly Transferred to the CPU1, the CPU1 determines the corresponding target CPU by itself. Of course, the communication module 106 can identify the type of the data, determine whether it is private data or non-private data, and then send it to the CPU1, or the communication module 106 does not perform type identification. The operation is directly sent to the CPU 1, and the CPU 1 performs type identification on the received data.
基于多个 CPU 之间的不同连接方式, 在 CPU 之间进行数据传输时, 会存在不同的情 形。 比如图 23 所示, CPU1、 CPU1A 和 CPU1B 采用的是 "串联 " 的方式, CPU2、 CPU2A 和 CPU2B采用的是 "并联" 的方式, 则当 CPU1B需要发送上行数据或接收下行数据时, 需 要经由 CPU1A和 CPU1 的两级传输, 才能够实现; 而对于 CPU2A和 CPU2B来说, 都仅需 要 CPU2的一级传输即可实现。  Different data is transmitted between CPUs based on different connection methods between multiple CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 23, CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B are in "series" mode. CPU2, CPU2A and CPU2B are in "parallel" mode. When CPU1B needs to send uplink data or receive downlink data, it needs to pass CPU1A. Two-stage transmission with CPU1 can be realized; for CPU2A and CPU2B, only one level of transmission of CPU2 is required.
当然, 类似于图 18-20 时的描述, 对于任意类型的多个 CPU, 如用于处理私密数据或非 私密数据的 CPU, 均可以根据实际需要而采用 "串联" 或 "并联" 的连接方式, 甚至可以同 时采用 "串联" 和 "并联" 的方式进行连接。  Of course, similar to the description in Figure 18-20, for any type of CPU, such as CPU for processing private data or non-private data, you can use "series" or "parallel" connection according to actual needs. It is even possible to connect in a "series" and "parallel" mode at the same time.
实施方式 (二)  Implementation method (2)
如图 24 所示, 通信模块 106还可以分别连接至相同类型的所有 CPU, 比如同时连接至 所有用于处理私密数据的 CPU (具体指图中的 CPU1、 CPU1A和 CPU1B ) 。  As shown in Fig. 24, the communication module 106 can also be connected to all CPUs of the same type, for example, to all CPUs for processing private data (specifically, CPU1, CPU1A and CPU1B in the figure).
那么, 对于上行数据, 每个用于处理私密数据的 CPU都可以直接传输至通信模块 106, 而无需通过其他 CPU 执行转发, 有利于降低数据传输时延, 而用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 则仍需要将数据转发至某个用于处理私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU1 , 才能够实现数据 的上行发送。  Then, for the uplink data, each CPU for processing the private data can be directly transmitted to the communication module 106 without performing forwarding by other CPUs, which is advantageous for reducing the data transmission delay and for processing the CPU of the non-private data. Then you still need to forward the data to a CPU that processes private data, such as CPU1, to enable data to be sent upstream.
而对于下行数据, 若通信模块 106 能够了解到具体的目标 CPU, 假定该数据为私密数 据, 则可以直接传输至该目标 CPU, 假定该数据为非私密数据, 则对该非私密数据添加标识 后, 直接传输至某个相连接的 CPU (该 CPU 可以为默认或任意的, 比如默认都发送至 CPU1 , 或是随机选择一个相连的 CPU ) , 假定为 CPU1 , 则由 CPU1根据数据上的标识转发 至相应的目标 CPU; 若通信模块 106不能够了解到具体的目标 CPU, 则采取下述方式: 第一种情况下, 通信模块 106 对下行数据进行类型识别, 并根据识别结果, 将数据传输 至某个默认或任意的用于处理相同类型数据的 CPU, 比如将私密数据默认传输至 CPU1 , 对 非私密数据添加相应的类型标识后默认传输至 CPU1 , 或将私密数据任意传输至 CPU1、 CPU1A 或 CPU1B , 将非私密数据添加相应的类型标识后任意传输至 CPU1、 CPU1A 或 CPU1B , 然后由接收到该下行数据的 CPU进一步确定并转发至具体的目标 CPU。  For the downlink data, if the communication module 106 can know the specific target CPU, if the data is private data, it can be directly transmitted to the target CPU. If the data is non-private data, the non-private data is added with the identifier. Directly transferred to a connected CPU (this CPU can be default or arbitrary, such as sending to CPU1 by default, or randomly selecting a connected CPU). If it is CPU1, it will be forwarded by CPU1 according to the identifier on the data. To the corresponding target CPU; if the communication module 106 is unable to know the specific target CPU, the following manner is adopted: In the first case, the communication module 106 performs type identification on the downlink data, and transmits the data to the identification result according to the recognition result. A default or arbitrary CPU for processing the same type of data, such as transferring private data to CPU1 by default, adding the corresponding type identifier to non-private data, and then transferring it to CPU1 by default, or transferring private data to CPU1, CPU1A or arbitrarily. CPU1B, arbitrarily transfer non-private data to the CPU1, CPU1A or CPU after adding the corresponding type identifier 1B is then further determined and forwarded by the CPU receiving the downlink data to a specific target CPU.
第二种情况下, 通信模块 106 不对下行数据进行类型识别, 则直接将下行数据传输至某 个默认或任意的 CPU, 并由该 CPU直接进行类型识别或转发至其他 CPU进行类型识别, 然 后根据识别结果, 发送至目标 CPU。 具体地, 比如默认传输至 CPU1 , 则由 CPU1 进行类型 识别 (或是规定所有下行数据均由 CPU1A进行类型识别, 则需要传输至 CPU1A进行类型识 别) , 并根据识别结果将下行数据传输至具体的目标 CPU。 In the second case, if the communication module 106 does not perform type identification on the downlink data, the downlink data is directly transmitted to a certain default or arbitrary CPU, and the CPU directly performs type identification or forwards to other CPUs for type identification, and then according to The result is recognized and sent to the target CPU. Specifically, for example, by default, the CPU 1 performs type identification (or specifies that all downlink data is type-recognized by the CPU 1A, and then needs to be transmitted to the CPU 1A for type identification. In addition, according to the recognition result, the downlink data is transmitted to the specific target CPU.
在上述各个情况下, 实际上还包含了不同类型 CPU之间的数据交互, 则此时还包含下述 多种情况:  In each of the above cases, the data interaction between different types of CPUs is actually included, and the following cases are also included:
假定每个 CPU 均可以与其他任意 CPU 直接进行数据交互 (图中未示出具体的连接关 系) 。 假定 CPU1A接收到了非私密数据, 则如果 CPU1A不知道该数据对应的目标 CPU, 则 可以直接将数据传输至任意一个用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 比如 CPU2A, 然后由 CPU2A 确定具体的目标 CPU; 如果 CPU1A知道该数据对应的目标 CPU, 则可以直接将数据传输至 目标 CPU, 比如 CPU2A。  It is assumed that each CPU can directly interact with any other CPU (the specific connection is not shown in the figure). Assuming that CPU1A receives non-private data, if CPU1A does not know the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to any CPU for processing non-private data, such as CPU2A, and then CPU2A determines the specific target CPU; If CPU1A knows the target CPU corresponding to the data, it can directly transfer the data to the target CPU, such as CPU2A.
假定每个 CPU仅能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 比如图 24所示, CPU1A只能够与 CPU1 和 CPU1B 进行直接交互, 则 CPU1A 可以将数据发送至 CPU1, 由 CPU1 发送至 CPU2, 并由 CPU2转发至目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can only interact directly with an adjacent CPU. For example, as shown in Figure 24, CPU1A can only interact directly with CPU1 and CPU1B, CPU1A can send data to CPU1, CPU1 sends to CPU2, and CPU2 Forward to the target CPU.
假定每个 CPU除了能够与相邻的 CPU进行直接交互, 还能够与指定的其他类型的 CPU 进行交互, 比如图 25所示, 作为同一类型的 CPU, CPU1 与 CPU1A相邻、 能够直接交互, 而作为不同类型的 CPU, CPU1还能够与 CPU2直接交互; 类似地, 则 CPU1A能够直接与相 邻的 CPU1、 CPU IB 直接交互, 还能够与 CPU2A 直接交互, 则当 CPU1A接收到通信模块 106 发送的非私密数据时, 可以通过 CPU1 等相邻 CPU 间接传输至用于处理非私密数据的 CPU, 也可以通过直接传输至 CPU2A, 并由 CPU2A确定和传输至最终的目标 CPU。  Assume that each CPU can interact with other CPUs of the specified type in addition to direct interaction with adjacent CPUs. For example, as shown in Figure 25, CPU1 is adjacent to CPU1A and can directly interact as the same type of CPU. As a different type of CPU, the CPU 1 can also directly interact with the CPU 2; similarly, the CPU 1A can directly interact with the adjacent CPU 1 and CPU IB, and can also directly interact with the CPU 2A, and when the CPU 1A receives the non-transmission sent by the communication module 106 Private data can be transferred indirectly to a CPU for processing non-private data via an adjacent CPU such as CPU1, or directly to CPU2A and determined by CPU2A and transferred to the final target CPU.
五、 CPU对桌面启动器的调用  Five, the CPU call to the desktop launcher
如图 26 所示, 根据本发明的实施例的终端, 包括: CPU1 和 CPU2, 分别用于处理所述 终端内不同类型的数据; 第一存储单元 (如图 26所示的 RAMI 和 EMMC1 等) , 用于对所 述 CPU1 处理后的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器; 第二存储单 元 (如图 26所示的 RAM2和 EMMC2等) , 用于对所述 CPU2处理后的数据进行存储; 其 中, 所述 CPU2通过所述 CPU1实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  As shown in FIG. 26, a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a CPU 1 and a CPU 2, respectively, for processing different types of data in the terminal; a first storage unit (such as RAMI and EMMC1 shown in FIG. 26) And storing the data processed by the CPU1, and the desktop storage device is further stored in the first storage unit; the second storage unit (such as RAM2 and EMMC2 shown in FIG. 26) is used for The data processed by the CPU 2 is stored; wherein the CPU 2 implements a call to the desktop initiator through the CPU 1.
在该技术方案中, 通过 CPU1 和 CPU2 分别处理不同类型的数据, 并且使得处理后的数 据存储于不同的存储器中, 使得各类数据之间得以在物理上被有效隔离, 从而避免在终端中 仅使用单个处理器时, 仅通过权限上的破解等就可轻易使得任意应用程序从该单个处理器中 获取数据。  In this technical solution, different types of data are separately processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, and the processed data is stored in different memories, so that the various types of data are physically separated effectively, thereby avoiding only the terminal in the terminal. When using a single processor, any application can easily get data from that single processor simply by privilege cracking or the like.
其中, 为了方便说明, 以下假定 CPU1 用于对所述终端内的私密数据进行处理, CPU2 用于对所述终端内的非私密数据进行处理。  For convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the CPU 1 is used to process private data in the terminal, and the CPU 2 is configured to process non-private data in the terminal.
通过在第一存储单元中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有 CPU1 能够直接调用桌面启动器, 而 由于 CPU1 相对于 CPU2 而言, 属于更为安全的处理单元, 从而能够确保安全性, 避免遭到 应用程序通过 CPU2执行的破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于 CPU1直接调用桌面启动器, 使得 CPU1 能够对 CPU2调用该桌面启动器的权限进行控制, 则 CPU1 处理的私密业务 (对应于私密数 据) 和 CPU2处理的非私密业务 (对应于非私密数据) , 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI 交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  By storing the desktop launcher in the first storage unit, only CPU1 can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and since CPU1 is a more secure processing unit relative to CPU2, security can be ensured and applications can be avoided. Destruction or tampering performed by CPU2. At the same time, since CPU1 directly calls the desktop launcher, so that CPU1 can control the permission of CPU2 to invoke the desktop launcher, the private service handled by CPU1 (corresponding to private data) and the non-private service handled by CPU2 (corresponding to non-private data) ), can achieve independent control requirements and UI interaction, and also help to meet their data privacy needs, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
优选地, 所述终端内的外部设备 102 在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界 面; 其中, 所述 CPU2还用于: 通过 CPU1实现与所述显示界面的交互。  Preferably, the external device 102 in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is called. The CPU 2 is further configured to: implement interaction with the display interface by using the CPU 1.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备 102" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显 示。 由于外部设备 102仅连接至 CPU1 , 则当 CPU2需要进行 UI交互时, 需要由 CPU1进行 数据的转发, 则 CPU1 实现了对 CPU2 的具体 UI 交互过程的控制, 任何可能涉及到需要由 CPU1 处理的数据或指令, 都可以被 CPU1 直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 有助于提 升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete the specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices 102". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device 102 is only connected to the CPU 1, when the CPU 2 needs to perform UI interaction, the CPU 1 needs to perform data forwarding, and the CPU 1 implements control of the specific UI interaction process of the CPU 2, and any data that may be processed by the CPU 1 may be involved. Or the instruction can be directly monitored by the CPU1, and the corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
其中, 虽然在上述实施例中, 比如图 2描述了终端内可能存在限制类外部设备 102A、 共 享类外部设备 102B、 非限制类外部设备 102C, 但本实施例中, 图 26 中所示的外部设备 102 主要针对图 2所示的仅连接至 CPU1的限制类外部设备 102A; 当然, 这并不用于限制终端中 的外部设备的类型, 比如终端内仍然可以设置有共享类外部设备 102B、 非限制类外部设备 102C等。 Wherein, in the above embodiment, for example, FIG. 2 describes that there may be a restriction type external device 102A in the terminal, The external device 102B, the non-restricted external device 102C, but in the present embodiment, the external device 102 shown in FIG. 26 is mainly directed to the restricted external device 102A connected to the CPU 1 shown in FIG. 2; It is not used to limit the type of external devices in the terminal. For example, the shared external device 102B, the non-restricted external device 102C, and the like may still be set in the terminal.
上述的关于调用桌面启动器的技术方案可以适用于多种应用场景中, 下面以其中两个具 体的场景为例进行说明。  The above technical solution for invoking the desktop launcher can be applied to various application scenarios. The following two specific scenarios are taken as an example for description.
( 1 ) 安装应用程序  ( 1 ) Install the application
所述 CPU2 还用于: 在接收到对待安装应用程序的安装指令时, 将所述待安装应用程序 安装至所述第二存储器, 并向所述 CPU1 发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安 装显示数据通过所述 CPU1 传输至相应的外部设备 102, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述 显示界面上; 所述 CPU1 还用于: 从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置 信息或接收所述 CPU2 发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储器, 以 用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。  The CPU 2 is further configured to: when the installation instruction of the application to be installed is received, install the to-be-installed application to the second memory, and send an application installation request to the CPU1 to invoke the desktop initiator And displaying the installation display data to the corresponding external device 102 through the CPU1, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; the CPU1 is further configured to: parse the same from the application installation request The configuration information of the application to be installed or the configuration information sent by the CPU 2 is received, and the configuration information is stored in the first memory for display on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了 CPU2 在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过程。 通 过对显示界面的调用, 使得 CPU2 既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减小与相关技术 中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程序安装过程都 是在 CPU2 中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一直显示在终端的屏幕 界面上, 则通过 CPU2将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式发送给 CPU1 , 则 CPU1可以 存储至第一存储器中, 从而无需 CPU2 —直调用用户界面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在 提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终端不必要的资源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the CPU 2 during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, CPU2 can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference between the installation process and the application in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. The application installation process is completed in the CPU 2, but the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal, and the configuration information is sent by the CPU 2 through the application installation request or other manner. For the CPU1, the CPU1 can be stored in the first memory, so that the display of the configuration information can be realized without the CPU2 directly calling the user interface, which improves the security of the terminal and helps reduce unnecessary resource waste of the terminal. And power loss.
( 2 ) 启动应用程序  ( 2 ) Launch the application
所述 CPU1 还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若 所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则向所述 CPU2 发送应用启动指令; 所述 CPU2 还用于: 根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述 CPU1传输至相应的外部设备 102进行显示。  The CPU 1 is further configured to: determine an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, and send an application startup instruction to the CPU 2 if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second memory; The CPU 2 is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and transmit the display data to the corresponding external device 102 for display by using the CPU1.
在该技术方案中, CPU2 通过 CPU1 的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行过程中, 对用 户界面的调用。 由于 CPU1 比 CPU2 更安全, 且任何可能涉及到私密数据的操作或指令, 都 可以被 CPU1直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, CPU2 implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program through the data forwarding of CPU1. Since CPU1 is more secure than CPU2, any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by CPU1 and processed accordingly, thus helping to improve the security of the terminal.
下面结合图 27和图 28, 分别就上述两种应用场景进行具体说明。  The above two application scenarios are specifically described below with reference to FIG. 27 and FIG. 28 respectively.
如图 27所示, 根据本发明的实施例的安装应用程序 (在 CPU2中) 的流程包括: 步骤 2702, CPU2根据检测到的用户操作, 确定需要执行对某个应用的安装操作。  As shown in FIG. 27, the flow of installing an application (in the CPU 2) according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 2702, the CPU 2 determines, according to the detected user operation, that an installation operation for an application needs to be performed.
步骤 2704, CPU2 在执行对所述应用的安装操作时, 还向 CPU1 发送调用请求和应用的 配置信息。  Step 2704, when executing the installation operation on the application, the CPU 2 also sends configuration information of the call request and the application to the CPU 1.
其中, 由于 CPU2 执行安装操作是在后台的数据处理过程, 并不可见; 但为了给予用户 直观的操作体验需要调用用户界面, 显示对应于安装过程的画面和信息。  Among them, because the CPU 2 performs the installation operation in the background data processing process, it is not visible; but in order to give the user an intuitive operation experience, the user interface needs to be called to display the screen and information corresponding to the installation process.
步骤 2706, CPU1 根据接收到的调用请求, 运行桌面启动器, 调用形成的用户界面, 对 所述应用的安装过程进行显示。 通过对用户界面的调用和安装画面的显示, 尤其是对于应用 的安装进度、 是否成功安装等问题, 使得用户能够从显示的画面中进行直接查看, 避免错误 操作导致安装失败。  Step 2706, the CPU1 runs the desktop launcher according to the received call request, invokes the formed user interface, and displays the installation process of the application. Through the call to the user interface and the display of the installation screen, especially for the installation progress of the application, whether the installation is successful or not, the user can directly view from the displayed screen to avoid the installation failure due to the wrong operation.
步骤 2708, CPU1 在相对应的第一存储单元中保存所述应用的配置信息, 该配置信息包 括所述应用的图标、 名称等。 通过在第一存储单元中存储所述应用的配置信息, 使得即便 CPU2 不对桌面启动器或用户界面进行调用, 也能够一直在终端的屏幕界面上显示所述应用 的配置信息。  Step 2708, the CPU1 saves configuration information of the application in a corresponding first storage unit, where the configuration information includes an icon, a name, and the like of the application. By storing the configuration information of the application in the first storage unit, even if the CPU 2 does not invoke the desktop launcher or the user interface, the configuration information of the application can always be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal.
需要说明的是, 在步骤 504 中, 对于调用请求和应用的配置信息的发送, 可以是同时发 送, 也可以分别发送。 当同时发送时, 还可以直接将应用的配置信息添加在调用请求中; 当 分别发送时, 可以先发送调用请求, 也可以先发送应用的配置信息。 It should be noted that, in step 504, the sending of the configuration information of the calling request and the application may be simultaneous. Send, you can also send separately. When sending at the same time, the configuration information of the application may be directly added in the call request; when sending separately, the call request may be sent first, or the configuration information of the application may be sent first.
同时, 步骤 2706和步骤 2708的执行顺序也不一定按照图 27所示的方式, 也可以同时分 别执行步骤 2706和步骤 2708, 或者先执行步骤 2708再执行步骤 2706等。  At the same time, the execution order of step 2706 and step 2708 is not necessarily in the manner shown in FIG. 27, and step 2706 and step 2708 may be performed at the same time, or step 2708 may be performed first, then step 2706 and the like may be performed.
步骤 2710, 将所述应用成功地安装在 CPU2对应的第二存储单元中。  Step 2710: The application is successfully installed in the second storage unit corresponding to the CPU 2.
如图 28所示, 根据本发明的实施例的启动应用程序 (在 CPU2中) 的流程包括: 步骤 2802, CPU1检测到用户启动某个应用的操作。  As shown in FIG. 28, the flow of launching an application (in the CPU 2) according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 2802, the CPU 1 detects an operation of a user launching an application.
步骤 2804, 判断所述应用的安装位置, 若安装在 CPU1 中, 则进入步骤 2806, 若安装 CPU2中, 则进入步骤 2808。  In step 2804, the installation location of the application is determined. If it is installed in the CPU 1, the process proceeds to step 2806. If the CPU 2 is installed, the process proceeds to step 2808.
步骤 2806, CPU1直接启动所述应用。  In step 2806, the CPU 1 directly starts the application.
步骤 2808, CPU1向 CPU2发送启动指令, 且 CPU2启动所述应用。  In step 2808, the CPU 1 sends a start command to the CPU 2, and the CPU 2 starts the application.
步骤 2810, CPU2检测并执行用户操作。  In step 2810, the CPU 2 detects and performs a user operation.
具体地, 一种情况下, CPU2 直接获取对相应的外部设备的权限, 比如触摸屏、 按键 等, 并通过这些外部设备检测并执行用户操作; 另一种情况下, CPU1 通过外部设备检测用 户操作, 并转发至 CPU2。  Specifically, in one case, the CPU 2 directly acquires rights to the corresponding external device, such as a touch screen, a button, etc., and detects and performs a user operation through the external device; in another case, the CPU 1 detects the user operation through the external device, And forwarded to CPU2.
步骤 2812, CPU2根据用户操作, 将相应的显示信息发送至 CPU1。  In step 2812, the CPU 2 sends the corresponding display information to the CPU 1 according to the user operation.
步骤 2814, CPU1根据 CPU2发送来的显示信息, 在用户界面上进行显示。  In step 2814, the CPU 1 displays the information on the user interface based on the display information sent from the CPU 2.
图 29示出了根据本发明的实施例的用户界面的显示控制方法的流程图。  FIG. 29 shows a flow chart of a display control method of a user interface according to an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 29 所示, 根据本发明的实施例的用户界面的显示控制方法, 包括: 步骤 2902, 通 过第一处理单元对终端内的私密数据进行处理, 并通过第一存储单元对所述第一处理单元处 理后的所述私密数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器; 通过第二处理 单元对所述终端内的非私密数据进行处理, 并通过第二存储单元对所述第二处理单元处理后 的所述非私密数据进行存储; 其中, 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现对所述桌 面启动器的调用。  As shown in FIG. 29, the display control method of the user interface according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 2902, processing, by the first processing unit, the private data in the terminal, and using the first storage unit to The private data processed by the processing unit is stored, and the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator; the second processing unit processes the non-private data in the terminal, and passes through the second storage unit. And storing the non-private data processed by the second processing unit; wherein, the second processing unit implements a call to the desktop initiator by using the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理单元来处理私密数据、 第二处理单元来处理非私密数 据, 使得私密数据和非私密数据之间得以在物理上被有效隔离, 从而避免在终端中仅使用单 个处理器时, 仅通过权限上的破解等就可轻易使得任意应用程序从该单个处理器中获取私密 数据。  In the technical solution, the private data and the second processing unit are processed by the first processing unit to process the non-private data, so that the private data and the non-private data are physically separated from each other, thereby avoiding use only in the terminal. In a single processor, any application can easily obtain private data from the single processor only through privilege cracking or the like.
通过第一存储单元来存储第一处理单元处理的私密数据、 第二存储单元来存储第二处理 单元处理的非私密数据, 使得私密数据和非私密数据在存储和调用的时候, 也实现物理上的 隔离, 从而得到更好的数据安全效果。  The private data processed by the first processing unit and the second storage unit are stored by the first storage unit to store the non-private data processed by the second processing unit, so that the private data and the non-private data are also physically stored and invoked. Isolation, resulting in better data security.
通过在第一存储单元中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接调用桌面启动 器, 而由于第一处理单元相对于第二处理单元而言, 属于更为安全的处理单元, 从而能够确 保安全性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处理单元执行的破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单 元直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理单元能够对第二处理单元调用该桌面启动器的权限进 行控制, 则第一处理单元处理的私密业务 (对应于私密数据) 和第二处理单元处理的非私密 业务 (对应于非私密数据) , 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的 数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  By storing the desktop launcher in the first storage unit, only the first processing unit can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and since the first processing unit belongs to a more secure processing unit relative to the second processing unit, Ensure security and avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processing unit. At the same time, since the first processing unit directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit can control the permission of the second processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, the private service processed by the first processing unit (corresponding to the private data) and The non-private service (corresponding to non-private data) processed by the second processing unit can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving terminal security and convenience in use. Sex.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元连接至所有的外部设备 102 (如图 26 中 所示的外部设备 102 ) , 则所述用户界面的显示控制方法还包括: 所述桌面启动器被调用, 并在指定的外部设备 102 上形成相应的显示界面; 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元 实现与所述显示界面的交互。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the first processing unit is connected to all the external devices 102 (such as the external device 102 shown in FIG. 26), and the display control method of the user interface further includes: the desktop The initiator is invoked and forms a corresponding display interface on the designated external device 102; the second processing unit effects interaction with the display interface through the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备 102" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显 示。 由于外部设备 102仅连接至第一处理单元, 则当第二处理单元需要进行 UI交互时, 需要 由第一处理单元进行数据的转发, 则第一处理单元实现了对第二处理单元的具体 UI交互过程 的控制, 任何可能涉及到私密数据的操作或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元直接监测到, 并及 时做出相应的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。 In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete the specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices 102". Specifically, for example, through a display screen, etc., the display interface can be displayed. Show. Since the external device 102 is only connected to the first processing unit, when the second processing unit needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit implements a specific UI for the second processing unit. The control of the interaction process, any operation or instruction that may involve private data, can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第二处理单元在接收到对待安装应用程序的 安装指令时, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单元发送 应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应 的外部设备 102, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 所述第一处理单元还从所 述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所述第二处理单元发送的所 述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单元, 以用于在所述显示界面上进行显 示。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: when the second processing unit receives the installation instruction of the application to be installed, installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit, and The first processing unit sends an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmits the installation display data to the corresponding external device 102 through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; The first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the a first storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理单元在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过 程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理单元既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减 小与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程 序安装过程都是在第二处理单元中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一 直显示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理单元将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式 发送给第一处理单元, 则第一处理单元可以存储至第一存储单元中, 从而无需第二处理单元 一直调用用户界面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低 终端不必要的资源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the second processing unit during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processing unit can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. Wherein, since the application installation process is completed in the second processing unit, the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processing unit. The installation request or other manner is sent to the first processing unit, and the first processing unit can be stored in the first storage unit, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processing unit always calling the user interface, and the terminal is improved. At the same time of security, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元根据检测到的应用启动操作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储单元, 则向 所述第二处理单元发送应用启动指令; 所述第二处理单元根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述 待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备 102 进行显 示。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: the first processing unit determining, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be launched, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second storage Sending an application start instruction to the second processing unit; the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and transmits display data to the corresponding data through the first processing unit The external device 102 is displayed.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元通过第一处理单元的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行 过程中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理单元比第二处理单元更安全, 且任何可能涉及到 私密数据的操作或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因而 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit. Since the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, and any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time, thereby contributing to the improvement of the terminal. Security.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述显示 界面的交互的过程包括: 所述第一处理单元执行所述第二处理器和所述外部设备 102 之间的 数据转发, 以实现所述第二处理器和所述外部设备 102 之间的交互过程; 或所述第一处理单 元由外设接口实现与所述外部设备 102 的连接和交互, 并由转发接口实现与所述第二处理器 的连接, 且通过配置闭合所述转发接口与所述外设接口之间的连接, 实现所述第二处理器与 所述外部设备 102 的连接和交互; 或所述第一处理单元通过在所述转发接口与所述外设接口 之间配置建立 DMA传输通道, 实现所述第二处理器与所述外部设备 102的连接和交互。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the process of the second processing unit implementing interaction with the display interface by using the first processing unit includes: the first processing unit executing the second processor and the Data forwarding between the external devices 102 to implement an interaction process between the second processor and the external device 102; or the first processing unit implements a connection with the external device 102 by a peripheral interface and Interacting, and implementing a connection with the second processor by a forwarding interface, and configuring a connection between the forwarding interface and the peripheral interface by configuring, to implement the second processor and the external device 102 Connecting and interacting; or the first processing unit implements connection and interaction between the second processor and the external device 102 by configuring a DMA transmission channel between the forwarding interface and the peripheral interface.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理单元与第二处理单元之间的交互, 由第一处理单元来控 制第二处理单元对用户界面的调用, 确保第二处理单元无法接触到私密数据, 且任何可能涉 及到私密数据的操作或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 避免私密数据被获取和外泄的问题。  In this technical solution, by the interaction between the first processing unit and the second processing unit, the first processing unit controls the second processing unit to invoke the user interface to ensure that the second processing unit cannot access the private data, and Any operation or instruction that may involve private data can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing can be made in time to avoid the problem of private data being acquired and leaked.
六、 用户界面的显示控制  Sixth, user interface display control
图 30示出了根据本发明的实施例的终端的结构示意图。  Fig. 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 30 所示, 根据本发明的实施例的终端, 包括: CPU1 , 用于对所述终端内的私密数 据进行处理; CPU2, 用于对所述终端内的非私密数据进行处理; 第一存储器 (如图 30 所示 的 RAMI 和 EMMC1 等) , 连接至所述 CPU1 , 用于对所述 CPU1 处理后的所述私密数据进 行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 第二存储器 (如 图 30所示的 RAM2和 EMMC2等) , 连接至所述 CPU2 , 用于对所述 CPU2处理后的所述非 私密数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储器中还存储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述 CPU1 通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执 行用户界面交互; 所述 CPU2 通过运行所述第二桌面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的 第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。 As shown in FIG. 30, a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a CPU 1 configured to process private data in the terminal; and a CPU 2 configured to process non-private data in the terminal; a memory (such as RAMI and EMMC1 shown in FIG. 30) is connected to the CPU1 for inputting the private data processed by the CPU1. Row storage, and the first storage unit further stores a first desktop initiator or a first operating system; a second memory (such as RAM2 and EMMC2 shown in FIG. 30) is connected to the CPU 2 for The non-private data processed by the CPU 2 is stored, and the second desktop further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein the CPU 1 runs the first desktop launcher or The first user interface displayed after the first operating system performs user interface interaction; the CPU 2 executes the user by running the second desktop initiator or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system Interface interaction.
在该技术方案中, 通过 CPU1 来处理私密数据、 CPU2 来处理非私密数据, 使得私密数 据和非私密数据之间得以在物理上被有效隔离, 从而避免在终端中仅使用单个处理器时, 仅 通过权限上的破解等就可轻易使得任意应用程序从该单个处理器中获取私密数据。  In this technical solution, the private data is processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 processes the non-private data, so that the private data and the non-private data are physically separated from each other, thereby avoiding the use of only a single processor in the terminal. Any application can easily obtain private data from the single processor by means of privilege cracking or the like.
为了防止恶意应用程序从共享的存储空间中获取私密数据, 比如在图 1 中, CPU1 使用 了第一存储器 (即 RAMI 和 EMMC 1 等) , 而 CPU2 则使用了第二存储器 (即 RAM2 和 EMMC2等) , 可以物理地将 CPU1和 CPU2使用的存储空间相分隔离。 由于 CPU1和 CPU2 在物理上使用相分离的存储装置, 使得私密数据和非私密数据在处理和存储的时候, 都实现 物理上的隔离, 从而得到更好的数据安全效果。  In order to prevent malicious applications from obtaining private data from shared storage space, such as in Figure 1, CPU1 uses the first memory (ie RAMI and EMMC 1, etc.), while CPU2 uses the second memory (ie RAM2 and EMMC2, etc.) ), you can physically separate the storage space used by CPU1 and CPU2. Since CPU1 and CPU2 physically use phase-separated storage devices, both private data and non-private data are physically isolated during processing and storage, resulting in better data security.
通过在第一存储器中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在第二存储器中存储第二桌 面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有 CPU1 能够直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有 CPU2 能够直接调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于 CPU1 直接调用第一桌面启动器 或第一操作系统、 CPU2 调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得 CPU1 处理的私密业务 (对应于私密数据) 和 CPU2 处理的非私密业务 (对应于非私密数据) , 能够分别实现独立 的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过 程中的便捷性。  By storing the first desktop launcher or the first operating system in the first memory, storing the second desktop launcher or the second operating system in the second memory, so that only the CPU 1 can directly invoke the first desktop launcher or the first operation System, only CPU2 can directly call the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and system (operating system) to avoid damage or tampering. At the same time, because CPU1 directly calls the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, and CPU2 calls the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, the private service (corresponding to private data) handled by CPU1 and the non-private service handled by CPU2 ( Corresponding to non-private data), it can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
当 CPU1 或 CPU2 需要执行某项数据处理任务时, 就可能需要相应的外部设备进行配 合, 比如在运行第一启动器或第一操作系统时, 就需要在显示屏上进行相应的画面显示等。  When CPU1 or CPU2 needs to perform a certain data processing task, it may need to be equipped with the corresponding external device. For example, when running the first initiator or the first operating system, it is necessary to display the corresponding screen on the display screen.
在本申请的技术方案中, 对于不同的用户界面的切换, 是通过在 CPU之间发送中断指令 来实现的。 具体地, 比如:  In the technical solution of the present application, switching of different user interfaces is achieved by transmitting an interrupt instruction between CPUs. Specifically, for example:
( 1 ) CPU1需要进行用户界面交互  (1) CPU1 requires user interface interaction
CPU1 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述 第二用户界面, 则向所述 CPU2 发送中断指令, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系 统。  The CPU 1 detects the currently displayed user interface, and if it is the first user interface, directly performs an interaction, and if it is the second user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2, and runs the first desktop initiator or The first operating system.
同时, CPU2 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭 或放至后台。  At the same time, the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
( 2 ) CPU2需要进行用户界面交互  (2) CPU2 needs to interact with the user interface
CPU2 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述 第一用户界面, 则向所述 CPU1 发送中断指令, 并运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统。  The CPU 2 detects the currently displayed user interface, and if it is the second user interface, directly performs an interaction, and if it is the first user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU1, and runs the second desktop launcher or The second operating system.
同时, CPU1 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭 或放至后台。  At the same time, the CPU 1 turns off or puts the first desktop launcher or the first operating system to the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
在该技术方案中, CPU2 在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI 交互的过程中, CPU1 仍可 以通过发送中断指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户界面切换至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一些可能更为重要的处理任务 或业务。  In the technical solution, the CPU 2 can still switch to the first user interface (or switch from the first user interface to the second user interface) by sending an interrupt instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. , and will not repeat them here. Through the reasonable switching of the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
然而, 如果仅通过中断指令进行任务协调, 可能在处理任务较多的情况下, 尤其是当 CPU1和 CPU2的处理任务都比较多的情况下, 使得 CPU1和 CPU2频繁地执行用户界面的切 换。 However, if the task coordination is performed only by the interrupt instruction, it is possible that the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 frequently perform the cutting of the user interface in the case where there are many processing tasks, especially when the processing tasks of the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 are relatively large. Change.
为了解决上述问题, 本申请还对终端内的应用程序设置不同的优先级, 从而根据优先级 的高低, 确定其被处理的先后顺序。 比如: 私密应用程序的优先级〉非私密应用程序的优先 级; 对私密数据进行调用的应用程序的优先级〉不对私密数据进行调用的应用程序的优先级 等。 此外, 同样属于私密应用程序, 也可能存在不同的优先级, 比如用于支付过程的私密应 用程序的优先级〉通讯录等。  In order to solve the above problem, the application also sets different priorities for the applications in the terminal, so as to determine the order in which they are processed according to the priority level. For example: the priority of a private application > the priority of a non-private application; the priority of an application that invokes private data > the priority of an application that does not invoke private data, and so on. In addition, private applications, as well as private applications, may have different priorities, such as the priority of the private application used for the payment process, the address book, and so on.
下面提供了几种具体的方式, 用于 CPU 1和 CPU2之间的用户界面切换过程:  The following provides several specific ways for the user interface switching process between CPU 1 and CPU 2:
实施方式一  Embodiment 1
如图 31所示, 为 CPU1添加 "比较器" 的功能。 在 CPU1通过第一用户界面与第一应用 程序进行交互时, 若 CPU2 希望通过第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则 CPU2 向 CPU1发送中断指令。  As shown in Figure 31, the function of "Comparator" is added to CPU1. When the CPU 1 interacts with the first application through the first user interface, if the CPU 2 wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, the CPU 2 sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1.
中断指令中可以包含该第二应用程序的信息, 或者 CPU2 也可以仅通过中断指令表达其 希望切换应用界面, 并另外单独将第二应用程序的信息发送至 CPU1  The interrupt instruction may include information of the second application, or the CPU 2 may express the switch interface by using the interrupt command, and separately send the information of the second application to the CPU1.
比较器对 CPU1 当前运行的第一应用程序和 CPU2 希望运行的第二应用程序的优先级进 行比较: 若第一应用程序的优先级高于第二应用程序的优先级, 则 CPU1 继续执行交互直至 完成交互后, 才允许 CPU2 执行用户界面的切换; 若第一应用程序的优先级低于第二应用程 序的优先级, 则 CPU1 直接执行中断指令, 将第一用户界面关闭或放至后台, 并允许 CPU2 切换至第二用户界面。  The comparator compares the priority of the first application currently running by CPU1 with the second application that CPU2 wishes to run: If the priority of the first application is higher than the priority of the second application, CPU1 continues to perform the interaction until After the interaction is completed, the CPU 2 is allowed to perform the switching of the user interface; if the priority of the first application is lower than the priority of the second application, the CPU 1 directly executes the interrupt instruction, and the first user interface is closed or placed in the background, and Allows CPU2 to switch to the second user interface.
实施方式二  Embodiment 2
如图 32所示, 为 CPU2添加 "比较器" 的功能。 在 CPU2通过第二用户界面与第三应用 程序进行交互时, 若 CPU1 希望通过第一用户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则 CPU1 向 CPU2发送中断指令。  As shown in Figure 32, add the "Comparator" function to CPU2. When the CPU 2 interacts with the third application through the second user interface, if the CPU 1 wishes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, the CPU 1 sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2.
中断指令中可以包含该第四应用程序的信息, 或者 CPU1 也可以仅通过中断指令表达其 希望切换应用界面, 并另外单独将第四应用程序的信息发送至 CPU2  The interrupt instruction may include information of the fourth application, or the CPU 1 may express the switch interface by using the interrupt instruction, and separately send the information of the fourth application to the CPU 2
比较器对 CPU2 当前运行的第三应用程序和 CPU1 希望运行的第四应用程序的优先级进 行比较: 若第三应用程序的优先级高于第四应用程序的优先级, 则 CPU2 继续执行交互直至 完成交互后, 才允许 CPU1 执行用户界面的切换; 若第三应用程序的优先级低于第四应用程 序的优先级, 则 CPU2 直接执行中断指令, 将第二用户界面关闭或放至后台, 并允许 CPU1 切换至第一用户界面。  The comparator compares the priority of the third application currently running by the CPU 2 with the fourth application that the CPU 1 wishes to run: if the priority of the third application is higher than the priority of the fourth application, the CPU 2 continues to perform the interaction until After the interaction is completed, the CPU 1 is allowed to perform the switching of the user interface; if the priority of the third application is lower than the priority of the fourth application, the CPU 2 directly executes the interrupt instruction, and the second user interface is closed or placed in the background, and Allows CPU1 to switch to the first user interface.
实施方式三  Embodiment 3
如图 33所示, 在终端中添加独立的 "比较器" , 并且分别连接至 CPU1和 CPU2 CPU1 和 CPU2 需要运行某个应用程序时, 若需要对当前运行的用户界面进行切换, 则分别向比较 器发送中断指令。 其中, 中断指令中可以包含具体的应用程序的信息, 或者 CPU1 或 CPU2 也可以仅通过中断指令表达其希望切换应用界面, 并另外单独将具体的应用程序的信息发送 至比较器。  As shown in Figure 33, add a separate "comparator" to the terminal, and connect to CPU1 and CPU2 respectively. CPU1 and CPU2 need to run an application. If you need to switch the currently running user interface, compare them separately. The device sends an interrupt instruction. The interrupt instruction may include information of a specific application, or the CPU 1 or the CPU 2 may express the desire to switch the application interface only by the interrupt instruction, and separately send the information of the specific application to the comparator.
比较器在接收到来自 CPU1 或 CPU2 的中断指令之后, 根据具体的应用程序的信息, 确 定对应的优先级情况, 并对该需要运行的应用程序和正在运行的应用程序的优先级进行比 较, 若前者的优先级较高, 则执行用户界面的切换, 否则继续执行后者的交互过程, 直至交 互完成, 再执行用户界面的切换。  After receiving the interrupt instruction from CPU1 or CPU2, the comparator determines the corresponding priority according to the information of the specific application, and compares the priority of the application to be run and the running application. If the former has a higher priority, the user interface is switched. Otherwise, the latter interaction process is continued until the interaction is completed, and then the user interface is switched.
通过对 CPU1 和 CPU2 需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得 优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够 对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终 端运行管理。  By judging the priority of the application (or data service) that CPU1 and CPU2 need to process, and making the higher priority application be prioritized, so that there are multiple processing units and multiple user interfaces, Effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized to achieve better terminal operation management.
此外, 如果由于需要运行的应用程序的优先级高于正在运行的应用程序, 使得将正在运 行的应用程序暂停被处理, 而执行用户界面的切换, 那么, 当终端完成了对用户界面切换后 的应用程序的处理之后, 可以通过下述方式, 恢复对原本正在运行的应用程序的继续处理:In addition, if the application that needs to run has a higher priority than the running application, it will be shipped The application pause of the line is processed, and the switching of the user interface is performed. Then, after the terminal completes the processing of the application after the user interface switching, the processing of the original running application can be resumed by the following manner. :
( 1 ) 假定 CPU1正在运行第一应用程序, 而 CPU2需要运行第二应用程序, 且 CPU1在 第一应用程序的优先级低于第二应用程序时, 中断与第一应用程序的交互。 那么, 在完成与 所述第二应用程序的交互之后, CPU2还向所述 CPU1发送恢复指令, 使所述 CPU1继续通过 所述第一用户界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互。 (1) It is assumed that the CPU 1 is running the first application, and the CPU 2 needs to run the second application, and the CPU 1 interrupts the interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than that of the second application. Then, after completing the interaction with the second application, the CPU 2 also sends a resume instruction to the CPU 1 to cause the CPU 1 to continue to interact with the first application through the first user interface.
( 2 ) 假定 CPU2正在运行第三应用程序, 而 CPU1需要运行第四应用程序, 且 CPU2在 第三应用程序的优先级低于第四应用程序时, 中断与第三应用程序的交互。 那么, 在完成与 所述第四应用程序的交互之后, CPU1还向所述 CPU2发送恢复指令, 使所述 CPU2继续通过 所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互。  (2) It is assumed that the CPU 2 is running the third application, and the CPU 1 needs to run the fourth application, and the CPU 2 interrupts the interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application. Then, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, the CPU 1 further sends a resume instruction to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 continues to interact with the third application through the second user interface.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
以上均为终端自行确定是否切换用户界面, 而由于不同用户的实际需求不同, 用户也可 以根据实际情况, 手动执行用户界面的切换操作, 比如:  The above is the terminal to determine whether to switch the user interface. Because the actual needs of different users are different, the user can manually perform the user interface switching operation according to the actual situation, for example:
( 1 ) 用户可以通过第一用户界面向 CPU1发送界面切换命令, 则 CPU1将第一桌面启动 器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 同时, CPU2 还根据第一用户界面接收到的界面切换命 令, 运行第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统。  (1) The user can send an interface switching command to the CPU1 through the first user interface, and the CPU 1 turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system into the background; meanwhile, the CPU 2 also switches according to the interface received by the first user interface. Command, run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system.
( 2 ) 用户可以通过第二用户界面向 CPU2发送界面切换命令, 则 CPU2将第二桌面启动 器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 同时, CPU1 还根据第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命 令, 运行第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  (2) The user can send an interface switching command to the CPU 2 through the second user interface, and the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop initiator or the second operating system into the background; meanwhile, the CPU 1 also switches according to the interface received by the second user interface. Command, run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述 CPU1 还用于: 若所述第一用户界面为默认界面, 则 在所述终端每次开机时, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 以及所述 CPU2 还用 于: 若所述第二用户界面为默认界面, 则在所述终端每次开机时, 运行所述第二桌面启动器 或第二操作系统。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the CPU 1 is further configured to: if the first user interface is a default interface, run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system each time the terminal is powered on And the CPU 2 is further configured to: if the second user interface is a default interface, run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system each time the terminal is powered on.
在该技术方案中, 通过设置默认界面, 使得终端在开机时, 仅需要运行指定的一个桌面 启动器或操作系统, 不必须同时运行所有的桌面启动器或操作系统, 从而有助于降低对终端 的运行资源的消耗和电量的损耗。  In this technical solution, by setting a default interface, the terminal only needs to run a specified desktop initiator or operating system when booting, and it is not necessary to run all desktop initiators or operating systems at the same time, thereby helping to reduce the terminal. The consumption of running resources and the loss of electricity.
当然, 终端也可以不设置默认界面, 则当开机时, 同时启动所有的桌面启动器或操作系 统, 但仅显示其中的某一个用户界面, 将其他的放至后台, 则当用户需要切换至其他的用户 界面时, 不必实时启动相应的桌面启动器或操作系统, 直接执行切换即可, 有助于缩短用户 的等待时间, 增强用户的使用体验。  Of course, the terminal can also not set the default interface. When booting, all the desktop launchers or operating systems are started at the same time, but only one of the user interfaces is displayed, and the others are placed in the background, when the user needs to switch to other When the user interface is used, it is not necessary to start the corresponding desktop launcher or operating system in real time, and the switching can be directly performed, which helps to shorten the waiting time of the user and enhance the user experience.
图 34示出了根据本发明的实施例的 CPU1执行用户界面切换控制的流程图。  Fig. 34 is a flow chart showing the CPU 1 performing user interface switching control according to an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 34所示, 根据本发明的实施例的 CPU1执行用户界面切换控制的流程包括: 步骤 3402, 判断 CPU1是否接收到 CPU2发送的中断指令, 若没有接收到, 则进入步骤 3404, 若接收到, 则进入步骤 3406  As shown in FIG. 34, the flow of executing the user interface switching control by the CPU 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 3402, determining whether the CPU 1 receives the interrupt instruction sent by the CPU 2, and if not, proceeds to step 3404, and if received, , then go to step 3406
具体地, 终端内包含 CPU1和 CPU2, 且 CPU1用于对私密数据进行处理, 而 CPU2用于 对非私密数据进行处理。 CPU1和 CPU2分别对应于不同的存储空间, 比如 CPU1对应于第一 存储单元, CPU2对应于第二存储单元。 为了使得 CPU1和 CPU2处理的应用程序能够得到不 同的交互特性, 在第一存储单元和第二存储单元中分别存储着不同的桌面启动器或操作系统 的数据。 第一种情况下, 采用同一个操作系统 (该操作系统的数据存储在第一存储单元或第二存 储单元中) , 且第一存储单元内存储有第一桌面启动器, 用于启动第一用户界面, 第二存储 单元内存储有第二桌面启动器, 用于启动第二用户界面; 第二种情况下, 第一存储单元内存 储有第一操作系统的数据, 用于启动第一用户界面, 第二存储单元内存储有第二桌面启动 器, 用于启动第二用户界面。 Specifically, the terminal includes a CPU 1 and a CPU 2, and the CPU 1 is configured to process private data, and the CPU 2 is configured to process non-private data. The CPU 1 and the CPU 2 respectively correspond to different storage spaces, for example, the CPU 1 corresponds to the first storage unit, and the CPU 2 corresponds to the second storage unit. In order to enable the application processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 to obtain different interactive characteristics, data of different desktop launchers or operating systems are respectively stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit. In the first case, the same operating system is used (the data of the operating system is stored in the first storage unit or the second storage unit), and the first storage unit is stored in the first storage unit for starting the first a second desktop storage unit is configured to start a second user interface. In the second case, the first storage unit stores data of the first operating system, and is used to start the first user. The second storage unit is stored in the second storage unit for starting the second user interface.
步骤 3404, 判断 CPU1 当前需要执行的业务是否需要执行 UI 交互, 若需要, 则进入步 骤 3410, 否则正常执行该业务, 并返回步骤 3402。  Step 3404: Determine whether the service currently required to be executed by the CPU 1 needs to perform UI interaction. If necessary, proceed to step 3410. Otherwise, the service is normally executed, and the process returns to step 3402.
步骤 3406, 判断当前用户界面是否为第一用户界面, 若是, 则进入步骤 3408, 否则进入 步骤 3402。  Step 3406: Determine whether the current user interface is the first user interface. If yes, go to step 3408, otherwise go to step 3402.
其中, 若当前界面不是第一用户界面, 则与 CPU1 没有关系, 此时可能是由于 CPU2 判 断错误或错误发送指令, 也可能是由于终端内还包含有其他的 CPU, 比如 CPU3 , 则当前可 能出于对应于 CPU3 的第三用户界面, 因而 CPU2 在检测到当前不是自身对应的第二用户界 面时, 即可向其他所有的 CPU发送中断指令。  If the current interface is not the first user interface, it has no relationship with the CPU1. In this case, the CPU2 may determine that the error or the error is sent, or the terminal may include other CPUs, such as the CPU3. In response to the third user interface of the CPU 3, the CPU 2 can send an interrupt instruction to all other CPUs when detecting that the second user interface is not currently corresponding to itself.
步骤 3408, 将第一用户界面关闭或放至后台。 其中, 若关闭第一用户界面, 则有利于释 放更多的存储空间和系统资源; 若放至后台, 则有助于及时切换回第一用户界面, 缩短用户 的等待时间。 步骤 3408完成之后, 可以进入步骤 3404或结束。  In step 3408, the first user interface is closed or placed in the background. If the first user interface is closed, it is beneficial to release more storage space and system resources; if placed in the background, it is helpful to switch back to the first user interface in time to shorten the waiting time of the user. After step 3408 is completed, step 3404 or end can be entered.
步骤 3410, 判断当前用户界面是否为第一用户界面, 若是, 则返回步骤 3402, 否则进入 步骤 3412。  Step 3410: Determine whether the current user interface is the first user interface. If yes, return to step 3402; otherwise, proceed to step 3412.
步骤 3412, 启动第一用户界面, 具体地, 可以通过启动第一桌面启动器, 也可以通过启 动第一操作系统。 同时, 若终端内仅包含 CPU1和 CPU2, 或 CPU1检测到当前用户界面具体 为第二用户界面, 则向 CPU2 发送中断指令, 使其将第二用户界面停止或放至后台; 若终端 内包含 CPU1、 CPU2以及其他 CPU时, 则 CPU1可以直接向除其自身之前的所有 CPU发送 中断指令。  Step 3412: Start the first user interface, specifically, by starting the first desktop launcher, or by starting the first operating system. Meanwhile, if the terminal only includes the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, or the CPU 1 detects that the current user interface is specifically the second user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 2 to stop or put the second user interface in the background; if the terminal includes the CPU1 For CPU2 and other CPUs, CPU1 can send interrupt instructions directly to all CPUs except its own.
与 CPU1 相对应地, 对于终端内的其他 CPU, 也可以采用类似的流程步骤, 实现对用户 界面的检测、 切换等。  Corresponding to the CPU1, similar process steps can be used for other CPUs in the terminal to detect and switch the user interface.
图 35示出了根据本发明的实施例的 CPU2执行用户界面切换控制的流程图。  Figure 35 is a flow chart showing the CPU 2 performing user interface switching control in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 35所示, 根据本发明的实施例的 CPU2执行用户界面切换控制的流程包括: 步骤 3502, 判断 CPU2是否接收到 CPU1发送的中断指令, 若没有接收到, 则进入步骤 As shown in FIG. 35, the flow of executing the user interface switching control by the CPU 2 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 3502: Determine whether the CPU 2 receives the interrupt instruction sent by the CPU 1, and if not, enters the step.
3504, 若接收到, 则进入步骤 3506。 3504, if received, proceeds to step 3506.
步骤 3504, 判断 CPU2 当前需要执行的业务是否需要执行 UI 交互, 若需要, 则进入步 骤 3510, 否则正常执行该业务, 并返回步骤 3502。  In step 3504, it is determined whether the service currently required to be executed by the CPU 2 needs to perform UI interaction. If necessary, the process proceeds to step 3510, otherwise the service is normally executed, and the process returns to step 3502.
步骤 3506, 判断当前用户界面是否为第二用户界面, 若是, 则进入步骤 3508, 否则进入 步骤 3502。  Step 3506: Determine whether the current user interface is the second user interface. If yes, go to step 3508, otherwise go to step 3502.
步骤 3508, 将第二用户界面关闭或放至后台。 步骤 3508 完成之后, 可以进入步骤 3504 或结束。  In step 3508, the second user interface is closed or placed in the background. After step 3508 is completed, you can proceed to step 3504 or end.
步骤 3510, 判断当前用户界面是否为第二用户界面, 若是, 则返回步骤 3502, 否则进入 步骤 3512。  Step 3510: Determine whether the current user interface is the second user interface. If yes, return to step 3502, otherwise proceed to step 3512.
步骤 3512, 启动第二用户界面, 具体地, 可以通过启动第二桌面启动器, 也可以通过启 动第二操作系统。 同时, 若终端内仅包含 CPU1和 CPU2 , 或 CPU2检测到当前用户界面具体 为第一用户界面, 则向 CPU1 发送中断指令, 使其将第一用户界面停止或放至后台; 若终端 内包含 CPU1、 CPU2以及其他 CPU时, 则 CPU2可以直接向除其自身之前的所有 CPU发送 中断指令。  Step 3512: Start the second user interface, specifically, by starting the second desktop launcher, or by starting the second operating system. Meanwhile, if the terminal only includes the CPU 1 and the CPU 2, or the CPU 2 detects that the current user interface is specifically the first user interface, sends an interrupt instruction to the CPU 1 to stop or put the first user interface in the background; if the terminal includes the CPU1 For CPU 2 and other CPUs, CPU 2 can send interrupt instructions directly to all CPUs before itself.
此外, 本申请在图 34 和图 35 所示出的处理流程的基础上, 还提出了进一步的改进方 在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述 CPU1 在通过所述第一用户界面与第一应用 程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述 CPU2 的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述 CPU2 希望 通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则所述 CPU1 在所述第一应用程序的优先 级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一应用程序的优 先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及 In addition, based on the processing flow shown in FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, the present application further proposes further improvement. In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: when the CPU1 interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the CPU 2, the interrupt instruction indicates the The CPU 2 hopes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and the CPU 1 continues to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application. Executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述 CPU2 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述 CPU1 的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述 CPU1 希望通过所述第一用户界面与第四应用程 序进行交互, 则所述 CPU2 在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序的情况 下, 执行所述中断指令。  When the CPU 2 interacts with the third application through the second user interface, if an interrupt instruction from the CPU 1 is received, the interrupt instruction indicates that the CPU 1 wishes to pass the first user interface and the fourth The application interacts, and the CPU 2 continues to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, in a case where the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, and the priority of the third application is lower than In the case of the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
在该技术方案中, 通过对 CPU1 和 CPU2 需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业务) 的优先级 进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单元、 多个用户界 面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要数据得以优先处 理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the CPU 1 and the CPU 2 is judged, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple processing units and multiple users. In the case of the interface, the sequence of processing tasks can be effectively communicated and coordinated, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 若所述 CPU1 在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于 所述第二应用程序的情况下, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则所述 CPU2 在完成与所述 第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述 CPU1 发送恢复指令, 使所述 CPU1 继续通过所述第一 用户界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互; 以及  In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: if the CPU 1 interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, the CPU 2 further sends a resume instruction to the CPU1, so that the CPU1 continues to interact with the first application through the first user interface;
若所述 CPU2 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序的情况下, 中断与所 述第三应用程序的交互, 则所述 CPU1 在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述 CPU2 发送恢复指令, 使所述 CPU2 继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交 互。  If the CPU 2 interrupts the interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the CPU 1 completes the fourth application After the interaction, a recovery instruction is also sent to the CPU 2, so that the CPU 2 continues to interact with the third application through the second user interface.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 根据所述第一用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 所述 CPU1 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 且所述 CPU2运行所述 第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 以及根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 所述 CPU2 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 且所述 CPU1 运行所述第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface, the CPU1 turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system into the background, and The CPU 2 runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; and according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface, the CPU 2 turns off or puts the second desktop launcher or the second operating system Up to the background, and the CPU 1 runs the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 将所述第一用户界面或所述第二用户界面设置为 默认界面; 每次开机时, 默认运行对应的所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统或所述第二桌 面启动器或第二操作系统。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the method further includes: setting the first user interface or the second user interface as a default interface; and each time the power is turned on, the corresponding first desktop launcher or the first one is operated by default An operating system or the second desktop launcher or a second operating system.
在该技术方案中, 通过设置默认界面, 使得终端在开机时, 仅需要运行指定的一个桌面 启动器或操作系统, 不必须同时运行所有的桌面启动器或操作系统, 从而有助于降低对终端 的运行资源的消耗和电量的损耗。  In this technical solution, by setting a default interface, the terminal only needs to run a specified desktop initiator or operating system when booting, and it is not necessary to run all desktop initiators or operating systems at the same time, thereby helping to reduce the terminal. The consumption of running resources and the loss of electricity.
当然, 终端也可以不设置默认界面, 则当开机时, 同时启动所有的桌面启动器或操作系 统, 但仅显示其中的某一个用户界面, 将其他的放至后台, 则当用户需要切换至其他的用户 界面时, 不必实时启动相应的桌面启动器或操作系统, 直接执行切换即可, 有助于缩短用户 的等待时间, 增强用户的使用体验。  Of course, the terminal can also not set the default interface. When booting, all the desktop launchers or operating systems are started at the same time, but only one of the user interfaces is displayed, and the others are placed in the background, when the user needs to switch to other When the user interface is used, it is not necessary to start the corresponding desktop launcher or operating system in real time, and the switching can be directly performed, which helps to shorten the waiting time of the user and enhance the user experience.
图 36示出了根据本发明的实施例的数据交互方法的示意流程图。 如图 36 所示, 根据本发明的实施例的数据交互方法, 包括: 步骤 3602, 由第一处理单 元和第二处理单元分别对终端内不同类型的数据进行处理; 其中, 所述第一处理单元还用 于: 直接与所述终端内的限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所述第二处理单元实现与所 述限制类外部设备的数据交互。 FIG. 36 shows a schematic flow chart of a data interaction method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 36, the data interaction method according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: Step 3602, the first processing unit and the second processing unit respectively process different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing The unit is further configured to: directly perform data interaction with the restricted external device in the terminal, and assist the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备仅连接至第一处理单元, 并由第一处理单元协助第二处理单元与限制类外部设备的数据交 互过程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理单元的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于降低第二处理单元的 处理负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理单元处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理单元 能够对第二处理单元与限制类外部设备之间的数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理单元和 限制类外部设备的交互数据中存在应当由第一处理单元进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处理 单元和第二处理单元同时与限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. At the same time, by connecting the restriction-type external device only to the first processing unit, and the first processing unit assists the data processing process of the second processing unit and the restriction-type external device, on the one hand, when the computing capability of the first processing unit is more When it is powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processing unit; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit can limit the second processing unit and the second processing unit. Monitoring the data interaction process between the external devices of the class, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processing unit in the interaction data of the second processing unit and the restriction type external device, or avoiding the simultaneous processing of the first processing unit and the second processing unit Data interaction with restricted external devices helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制 类外部设备的数据交互的过程包括: 所述第一处理单元执行所述第二处理单元和所述限制类 外部设备之间的数据转发。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the process that the first processing unit assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device includes: the first processing unit executes the second processing unit Data forwarding between the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理单元直接对第二处理单元与限制类外部设备之间的交互 数据进行转发, 使得第一处理单元在控制第二处理单元与限制类外部设备的数据交互过程的 同时, 还能够对具体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保第二处理单元与限制类外部设备的 交互过程中, 即便涉及到应当由第一处理单元进行处理的数据, 也可以及时被第一处理单元 发现并阻止相应的数据交互。  In this technical solution, the interaction data between the second processing unit and the restricted external device is directly forwarded by the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit controls the data interaction process between the second processing unit and the restricted external device. At the same time, it is also possible to monitor the specific interactive data content, so as to ensure that the data that should be processed by the first processing unit during the interaction between the second processing unit and the restricted external device can be firstly timely. The processing unit discovers and blocks the corresponding data interaction.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 由第一存储单元和第二存储单元分别对所述 第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一 存储单元进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作; 其中, 所 述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现对 所述桌面启动器的调用。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit and the second storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, respectively, and the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and the second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit; wherein the first storage unit further stores a desktop initiator, and The second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储器中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直 接调用桌面启动器, 一方面, 当第一处理单元的处理能力更强时, 有助于降低第二处理单元 的运算负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理单元处理的数据更为重要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理单 元相对于第二处理单元而言更为安全, 从而能够确保安全性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处 理单元执行的破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理单 元能够对第二处理单元调用该桌面启动器的权限进行控制, 则第一处理单元处理的业务或数 据和第二处理单元处理的业务或数据, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满 足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, by storing the desktop launcher in the first memory, only the first processing unit can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and on the one hand, when the processing capability of the first processing unit is stronger, it helps to reduce the number The computational burden of the two processing units; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, thereby ensuring security. , to avoid damage or tampering by the application through the second processing unit. Meanwhile, since the first processing unit directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit can control the right of the second processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, the service or data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit are processed. The business or data can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被 调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 其中, 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述 显示界面的交互。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the external device in the terminal forming a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; wherein the second processing unit passes the first The processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显示。 由 于外部设备仅连接至第一处理单元, 则当第二处理单元需要进行 UI交互时, 需要由第一处理 单元进行数据的转发, 则第一处理单元实现了对第二处理单元的具体 UI交互过程的控制, 任 何可能涉及到需要由第一处理单元处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processing unit, when the second processing unit needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit implements specific UI interaction with the second processing unit. The control of the process, any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processing unit, can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第二处理单元根据接收到的对待安装应 用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单 元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输 至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 其中, 所述第一处理单 元还从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所述第二处理单元 发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单元, 以用于在所述显示界面 上进行显示。 In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: the second processing unit installing the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and The first processing order Sending an application installation request to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface; The first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to the first a storage unit for displaying on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理单元在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调用过 程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理单元既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够尽可能减 小与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由于应用程 序安装过程都是在第二处理单元中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置信息, 需要一 直显示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理单元将配置信息通过应用安装请求或其他方式 发送给第一处理单元, 则第一处理单元可以存储至第一存储器中, 从而无需第二处理单元一 直调用用户界面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终 端不必要的资源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the calling process of the display interface by the second processing unit during the installation of the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processing unit can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related technology, which helps to improve the user experience. Wherein, since the application installation process is completed in the second processing unit, the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is passed through the application through the second processing unit. The installation request or other manner is sent to the first processing unit, and the first processing unit can be stored in the first memory, so that the configuration information can be displayed without the second processing unit always calling the user interface, and the terminal security is improved. At the same time, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption in the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元根据检测到的应用启动操 作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则 向所述第二处理单元发送应用启动指令; 其中, 所述第二处理单元根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备进行 显示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: determining, by the first processing unit, an installation location of the application to be started according to the detected application startup operation, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the first And sending, by the second processing unit, an application startup instruction to the second processing unit, where the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and passes the display data to the first processing unit Transfer to the corresponding external device for display.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元通过第一处理单元的数据转发, 实现了应用程序在运行 过程中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理单元比第二处理单元更安全, 且任何可能涉及到 需要由第一处理单元处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元直接监测到, 并及时做出相 应的处理, 因而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit. Since the first processing unit is more secure than the second processing unit, and any data or instructions that may need to be processed by the first processing unit can be directly monitored by the first processing unit, and corresponding processing is performed in time. Helps improve the security of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 由第一存储单元对所述第一处理单元处理的 数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 由第二存 储单元对所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元中还存储有第二桌面 启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 并 通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执行用户界面 交互; 所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第二桌面启 动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: storing, by the first storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit, and storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator or a first An operating system; the data processed by the second processing unit is stored by the second storage unit, and the second storage unit further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; wherein, the first The processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system; the second processing The unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储单元中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在第二 存储单元中存储第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接调用第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有第二处理单元能够直接调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系 统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 第二处理单元调用第二桌面启 动器或第二操作系统, 使得第一处理单元处理的业务和第二处理单元处理的业务, 能够分别 实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性 和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, the first processing unit or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit by storing the first desktop initiator or the first operating system in the first storage unit, so that only the first processing unit can Directly calling the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, only the second processing unit can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system), avoiding Damaged or tampered with. At the same time, because the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, the second processing unit invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit processes The business can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互 时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用 户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元发送中断指令, 使所述第二处理单元将所述第二桌面启动器 或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处 理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或 放至后台; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit detects a currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, directly performing the interaction, if Sending, to the second processing unit, an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
所述第二处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第 二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理单元发送中断指 令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所 述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。 The second processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, if the a second user interface, directly performing an interaction, and if the first user interface is, sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit will use the first desktop initiator or the first operating system Close or put in the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; the first processing unit is further configured to: according to the received interrupt instruction, the first desktop launcher or the first An operating system is shut down or placed in the background.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI交互的过程中, 第一 处理单元仍可以通过发送界面切换指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户界面切换 至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一些可能更 为重要的处理任务或业务。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first user) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. The interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here. By properly switching the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services can be executed in time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元在通过所述第一用户界面 与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第二处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表 示所述第二处理单元希望通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一应 用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一 应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及  In any one of the above technical solutions, preferably, the method further includes: when the first processing unit interacts with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processing unit The interrupt instruction indicates that the second processing unit wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application And continuing to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, and executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自 所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过所述第一用户 界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用程序的情 况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序的 情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit, when interacting with the third application by the second user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit, the interrupt instruction indicates that the first processing unit wishes to pass The first user interface interacts with the fourth application, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, in the third application. The interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the program is lower than the fourth application.
在该技术方案中, 通过对第一处理单元和第二处理单元需要处理的应用程序 (或数据业 务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理单 元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重要 数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are multiple In the case of a processing unit and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized and better terminal operation management can be realized.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的 优先级低于所述第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则所述第二处理单元在 完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处 理单元继续通过所述第一用户界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互; 以及若所述第二处理单元 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序的交互, 则所述第一处理单元在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理单元发送恢 复指令, 使所述第二处理单元继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the method further includes: if the first processing unit has a lower priority than the second application in the first application, interrupting the first application After the interaction, the second processing unit sends a resume instruction to the first processing unit after completing the interaction with the second application, so that the first processing unit continues to pass the first user interface. The first application interacts; and if the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After completing the interaction with the fourth application, the first processing unit further sends a resume instruction to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to pass the second user interface and the third The application interacts.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接 收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处 理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二 操作系统; 以及所述第二处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第 二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接 收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit turns off or puts the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface Up to the background; the second processing unit runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing unit is configured according to the first And the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is shut down or placed in the background; the first processing unit receives the interface switching command according to the second user interface. , running the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
图 37示出了根据本发明的实施例的数据交互系统的示意框图。  Figure 37 shows a schematic block diagram of a data interaction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
如图 37所示, 根据本发明的实施例的数据交互系统 3700, 包括: 第一处理单元 3702和 第二处理单元 3704, 分别对终端内不同类型的数据进行处理; 其中, 所述第一处理单元 3702 还用于: 直接与所述终端内的限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所述第二处理单元 3704 实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互。 As shown in FIG. 37, the data interaction system 3700 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: a first processing unit 3702 and a second processing unit 3704, respectively processing different types of data in the terminal; wherein, the first processing Unit 3702 The method is further configured to: directly perform data interaction with a restricted external device in the terminal, and assist the second processing unit 3704 to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 针对终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器对其进行处理, 使得 数据处理过程在物理上被隔离, 有助于提升终端的数据安全性。 同时, 通过将限制类外部设 备仅连接至第一处理单元 3702, 并由第一处理单元 3702协助第二处理单元 3704与限制类外 部设备的数据交互过程, 使得一方面, 当第一处理单元 3702的计算能力更为强大时, 有助于 降低第二处理单元 3704 的处理负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理单元 3702 处理的数据更为重 要、 私密性更强时, 第一处理单元 3702 能够对第二处理单元 3704 与限制类外部设备之间的 数据交互过程进行监控, 避免第二处理单元 3704和限制类外部设备的交互数据中存在应当由 第一处理单元 3702进行处理的数据, 或者避免第一处理单元 3702和第二处理单元 3704同时 与限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, different types of data in the terminal are processed by different processors, so that the data processing process is physically isolated, which helps to improve the data security of the terminal. Meanwhile, by connecting the restriction-type external device only to the first processing unit 3702, and assisting the data processing process of the second processing unit 3704 with the restriction-type external device by the first processing unit 3702, on the one hand, when the first processing unit 3702 When the computing power is more powerful, it helps to reduce the processing load of the second processing unit 3704; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit 3702 is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit 3702 can Monitoring the data interaction process between the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device, avoiding the existence of data that should be processed by the first processing unit 3702 in the interaction data of the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device, or avoiding The first processing unit 3702 and the second processing unit 3704 simultaneously perform data interaction with the restricted external device, which helps to improve the security of the terminal.
在上述技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元 3702用于: 通过执行所述第二处理单元 3704 和所述限制类外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助所述第二处理单元 3704 实现与所述限 制类外部设备的数据交互。  In the above technical solution, preferably, the first processing unit 3702 is configured to: assist the second processing unit 3704 by performing data forwarding between the second processing unit 3704 and the restricted external device. Implementing data interaction with the restricted external device.
在该技术方案中, 通过第一处理单元 3702直接对第二处理单元 3704 与限制类外部设备 之间的交互数据进行转发, 使得第一处理单元 3702在控制第二处理单元 3704 与限制类外部 设备的数据交互过程的同时, 还能够对具体的交互数据内容进行监控, 从而确保第二处理单 元 3704 与限制类外部设备的交互过程中, 即便涉及到应当由第一处理单元 3702进行处理的 数据, 也可以及时被第一处理单元 3702发现并阻止相应的数据交互。  In this technical solution, the interaction data between the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device is directly forwarded by the first processing unit 3702, so that the first processing unit 3702 is controlling the second processing unit 3704 and the restriction-type external device. At the same time of the data interaction process, the specific interactive data content can also be monitored to ensure that the data that should be processed by the first processing unit 3702 is involved in the interaction between the second processing unit 3704 and the restricted external device. It is also possible to be discovered by the first processing unit 3702 in time and to block corresponding data interactions.
为了实现对用户界面的显示控制, 本发明基于图 37所示的功能架构, 提出了两种具体的 实施方式, 以下将分别将详细说明。  In order to realize display control of the user interface, the present invention proposes two specific embodiments based on the functional architecture shown in Fig. 37, which will be described in detail below.
实施方式一  Embodiment 1
数据交互系统 3700中, 还包括: 第一存储单元 3706和第二存储单元 3708, 分别对所述 第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元 3704处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述 第一存储单元 3706进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元 3704仅对所述第二存储单元 3708进行 直接操作; 其中, 所述第一存储单元 3706 中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元 3704通过所述第一处理单元实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  The data interaction system 3700 further includes: a first storage unit 3706 and a second storage unit 3708, respectively storing data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit 3704, and the first processing unit The first storage unit 3706 performs a direct operation only, and the second processing unit 3704 performs a direct operation only on the second storage unit 3708. The first storage unit 3706 further stores a desktop initiator. And the second processing unit 3704 implements a call to the desktop launcher by the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储器中存储桌面启动器, 使得只有第一处理单元 3702能 够直接调用桌面启动器, 一方面, 当第一处理单元 3702的处理能力更强时, 有助于降低第二 处理单元 3704 的运算负担; 另一方面, 当第一处理单元 3702 处理的数据更为重要、 私密性 更强时, 第一处理单元 3702 相对于第二处理单元 3704 而言更为安全, 从而能够确保安全 性, 避免遭到应用程序通过第二处理单元 3704执行的破坏或篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元 3702直接调用桌面启动器, 使得第一处理单元 3702能够对第二处理单元 3704调用该桌面启 动器的权限进行控制, 则第一处理单元 3702 处理的业务或数据和第二处理单元 3704处理的 业务或数据, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In this technical solution, by storing the desktop launcher in the first memory, only the first processing unit 3702 can directly invoke the desktop launcher, and on the one hand, when the processing capability of the first processing unit 3702 is stronger, it is helpful. The computing burden of the second processing unit 3704 is reduced; on the other hand, when the data processed by the first processing unit 3702 is more important and the privacy is stronger, the first processing unit 3702 is more secure than the second processing unit 3704. Thereby, security can be ensured and the destruction or tampering by the application through the second processing unit 3704 can be avoided. Meanwhile, since the first processing unit 3702 directly invokes the desktop launcher, so that the first processing unit 3702 can control the right of the second processing unit 3704 to invoke the desktop launcher, the first processing unit 3702 processes the service or data and the first The services or data processed by the processing unit 3704 can implement independent control requirements and UI interactions respectively, and also help to meet the respective data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 以及所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 通过所述第一处理单元实现与所 述显示界面的交互。  In any one of the above aspects, preferably, the external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; and the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: pass the first A processing unit implements interaction with the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 终端需要通过一定的硬件设备, 才能够完成具体的功能, 这些 "硬件 设备" 即 "外部设备" 。 具体地, 比如需要通过显示屏等, 才能实现对显示界面的显示。 由 于外部设备仅连接至第一处理单元 3702, 则当第二处理单元 3704需要进行 UI交互时, 需要 由第一处理单元 3702进行数据的转发, 则第一处理单元 3702实现了对第二处理单元 3704的 具体 UI 交互过程的控制, 任何可能涉及到需要由第一处理单元 3702处理的数据或指令, 都 可以被第一处理单元 3702直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 有助于提升终端的安全性。 在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 根据接收到的对待安 装应用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元 3708, 并向所述第 一处理单元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理 单元传输至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面显示在所述显示界面上; 其中, 所述第 一处理单元还用于: 从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息或接收所 述第二处理单元 3704 发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单元 3706 , 以用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。 In this technical solution, the terminal needs to pass certain hardware devices to complete specific functions, and these "hardware devices" are "external devices". Specifically, for example, a display screen or the like is required to display the display interface. Since the external device is only connected to the first processing unit 3702, when the second processing unit 3704 needs to perform UI interaction, the first processing unit 3702 needs to perform data forwarding, and the first processing unit 3702 implements the second processing unit. Control of the specific UI interaction process of 3704, any data or instructions that may be involved in processing by the first processing unit 3702, It can be directly monitored by the first processing unit 3702, and corresponding processing is performed in time to help improve the security of the terminal. In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: install the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit 3708 according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed. And sending an application installation request to the first processing unit to invoke the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying the corresponding installation screen in the On the display interface, the first processing unit is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request, or receive the configuration information sent by the second processing unit 3704, And storing the configuration information to the first storage unit 3706 for display on the display interface.
在该技术方案中, 描述了第二处理单元 3704在安装应用程序的过程中, 对显示界面的调 用过程。 通过对显示界面的调用, 使得第二处理单元 3704既能够完成数据上的安装, 又能够 尽可能减小与相关技术中对于应用程序的安装过程的差异, 有助于提升用户体验。 其中, 由 于应用程序安装过程都是在第二处理单元 3704中完成, 但对于应用程序的图标、 名称等配置 信息, 需要一直显示在终端的屏幕界面上, 则通过第二处理单元 3704将配置信息通过应用安 装请求或其他方式发送给第一处理单元 3702, 则第一处理单元 3702 可以存储至第一存储器 中, 从而无需第二处理单元 3704—直调用用户界面, 即可实现对配置信息的显示, 在提升了 终端安全性的同时, 有助于降低终端不必要的资源浪费和电量损耗。  In this technical solution, the process of calling the display interface by the second processing unit 3704 in the process of installing the application is described. Through the call to the display interface, the second processing unit 3704 can complete the installation on the data, and can minimize the difference with the installation process of the related technology in the related art, and help to improve the user experience. The application installation process is completed in the second processing unit 3704, but the configuration information such as the icon and the name of the application needs to be displayed on the screen interface of the terminal all the time, and the configuration information is sent by the second processing unit 3704. The first processing unit 3702 can be stored in the first memory by using an installation request or other manner, so that the second processing unit 3704 can be directly invoked to directly display the configuration information. While improving the security of the terminal, it helps to reduce unnecessary resource waste and power consumption of the terminal.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操 作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则 向所述第二处理单元 3704发送应用启动指令; 其中, 所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 根据 所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至 相应的外部设备进行显示。  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the first processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, if the to-be-launched application is installed in the The second memory sends an application start instruction to the second processing unit 3704. The second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application start instruction, and display data The display is transmitted to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元 3704通过第一处理单元 3702 的数据转发, 实现了应用 程序在运行过程中, 对用户界面的调用。 由于第一处理单元 3702 比第二处理单元 3704 更安 全, 且任何可能涉及到需要由第一处理单元 3702处理的数据或指令, 都可以被第一处理单元 3702直接监测到, 并及时做出相应的处理, 因而有助于提升终端的安全性。  In this technical solution, the second processing unit 3704 implements the call of the user interface during the running of the application program by the data forwarding of the first processing unit 3702. Since the first processing unit 3702 is more secure than the second processing unit 3704, and any data or instructions that may be processed by the first processing unit 3702 may be directly monitored by the first processing unit 3702, and correspondingly made in time. The processing helps to improve the security of the terminal.
实施方式二  Embodiment 2
数据交互系统 3700 还包括: 第一存储单元 3706, 用于对所述第一处理单元处理的数据 进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元 3706中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 第二存储 单元 3708, 用于对所述第二处理单元 3704处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元 3708 中还存储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 其中, 所述第一处理单元用于: 仅对所述第一 存储单元 3706进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出 的第一用户界面, 执行用户界面交互; 所述第二处理单元 3704用于: 仅对所述第二存储单元 3708 进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第二桌面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用 户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  The data interaction system 3700 further includes: a first storage unit 3706, configured to store data processed by the first processing unit, and the first storage unit 3706 further stores a first desktop initiator or a first operating system The second storage unit 3708 is configured to store data processed by the second processing unit 3704, and the second storage unit 3708 further stores a second desktop launcher or a second operating system; The first processing unit is configured to: perform direct operation only on the first storage unit 3706, and perform user interface interaction by running the first desktop launcher or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system The second processing unit 3704 is configured to: directly perform the direct operation on the second storage unit 3708, and display the second user interface after running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, Perform user interface interactions.
在该技术方案中, 通过在第一存储单元 3706中存储第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 在 第二存储单元 3708中存储第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得只有第一处理单元能够直接 调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统, 只有第二处理单元 3704能够直接调用第二桌面启动器 或第二操作系统, 确保应用 (桌面启动器) 和系统 (操作系统) 的安全性, 避免遭到破坏或 篡改。 同时, 由于第一处理单元直接调用第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统、 第二处理单元 3704 调用第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统, 使得第一处理单元处理的业务和第二处理单元 3704 处理的业务, 能够分别实现独立的控制需求和 UI 交互, 也有助于满足各自的数据隐私 需求, 从而提升终端的安全性和使用过程中的便捷性。  In the technical solution, the first desktop initiator or the first operating system is stored in the first storage unit 3706, and the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is stored in the second storage unit 3708, so that only the first processing is performed. The unit can directly invoke the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, and only the second processing unit 3704 can directly invoke the second desktop launcher or the second operating system to ensure the security of the application (desktop launcher) and the system (operating system). Sex, avoid being damaged or tampered with. At the same time, the first processing unit directly invokes the first desktop launcher or the first operating system, and the second processing unit 3704 invokes the second desktop launcher or the second operating system, so that the first processing unit processes the service and the second processing unit. The services handled by the 3704 can independently implement independent control requirements and UI interactions, and also help to meet their data privacy requirements, thereby improving the security of the terminal and the convenience in use.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 在需要进行用户 界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所 述第二用户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元 3704发送中断指令, 使所述第二处理单元 3704将 所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操 作系统; 所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动 器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 以及 In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface is directly Perform interaction, if it is The second user interface sends an interrupt instruction to the second processing unit 3704, causing the second processing unit 3704 to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the a first desktop launcher or a first operating system; the second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction; as well as
所述第二处理单元 3704 还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界 面, 若为所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理 单元发送中断指令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至 后台, 并运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到 的所述中断指令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。  The second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the first user interface, Sending an interrupt instruction to the first processing unit, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operation The first processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
在该技术方案中, 第二处理单元 3704 在使用相应的第二用户界面实现 UI 交互的过程 中, 第一处理单元仍可以通过发送界面切换指令, 及时切换至第一用户界面 (或由第一用户 界面切换至第二用户界面, 此处不再赘述) , 通过对用户界面的合理切换, 从而及时执行一 些可能更为重要的处理任务或业务。  In the technical solution, the second processing unit 3704 can still switch to the first user interface (or by the first) by sending an interface switching instruction during the UI interaction using the corresponding second user interface. The user interface is switched to the second user interface, which is not described here. By reasonably switching the user interface, some potentially more important processing tasks or services are executed in time.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 在通过所述第一 用户界面与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第二处理单元 3704的中断指令, 所 述中断指令表示所述第二处理单元 3704 希望通过所述第二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交 互, 则在所述第一应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完 成交互, 在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指 令; 以及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, if receiving the second processing An interrupt instruction of the unit 3704, the interrupt instruction indicating that the second processing unit 3704 wishes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and the priority of the first application is higher than the first In the case of two applications, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, and the interrupt instruction is executed if the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过 所述第一用户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四 应用程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第 四应用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the A processing unit desires to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed, The interrupt instruction is executed when the third application has a lower priority than the fourth application.
在该技术方案中, 通过对第一处理单元和第二处理单元 3704需要处理的应用程序 (或数 据业务) 的优先级进行判断, 并使得优先级较高的应用程序被优先处理, 使得存在多个处理 单元、 多个用户界面的情况下, 能够对处理任务的先后顺序进行有效地沟通和协调, 使得重 要数据得以优先处理, 实现更好的终端运行管理。  In this technical solution, the priority of the application (or data service) that needs to be processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit 3704 is determined, and the application with higher priority is preferentially processed, so that there are many In the case of multiple processing units and multiple user interfaces, it is possible to effectively communicate and coordinate the sequence of processing tasks, so that important data can be prioritized for better terminal operation management.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 若所述第二处理 单元 3704在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序 的交互, 则在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理单元 3704发送恢复指 令, 使所述第二处理单元 3704继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第三应用程序进行交互; 以 及  In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: if the second processing unit 3704 has a lower priority than the fourth application in the third application And interrupting the interaction with the third application, after completing the interaction with the fourth application, sending a resume instruction to the second processing unit 3704, so that the second processing unit 3704 continues to pass The second user interface interacts with the third application;
所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于 所述第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第二应用程序的交 互之后, 还向所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理单元继续通过所述第一用户 界面与所述第一应用程序进行交互。  The second processing unit 3704 is further configured to: if the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, a resume instruction is further sent to the first processing unit to cause the first processing unit to continue interacting with the first application through the first user interface.
在该技术方案中, 当完成对优先级较高的应用程序的处理之后, 及时恢复处理原来的优 先级较低的应用程序, 使得多个处理单元之间实现有效的协调控制, 尽可能地及时完成所有 的处理任务。  In the technical solution, after the processing of the higher priority application is completed, the original lower priority application is restored in time, so that effective coordination control is implemented between the multiple processing units, as timely as possible. Complete all processing tasks.
在上述任一技术方案中, 优选地, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据所述第一用 户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所 述第二处理单元 3704根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面 启动器或第二操作系统; 以及所述第二处理单元 3704还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面接收到 的界面切换命令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单 元根据所述第二用户界面接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作 系统。 In any one of the foregoing technical solutions, the method further includes: the first processing unit is further configured to: use the interface switching command received by the first user interface to perform the first desktop initiator or the first operation The system is shut down or placed in the background; the second processing unit 3704 runs the second desktop launcher or the second operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; and the second processing The unit 3704 is further configured to: receive according to the second user interface The interface switching command, the second desktop initiator or the second operating system is closed or placed in the background; the first processing unit runs the first according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface A desktop launcher or first operating system.
在该技术方案中, 如果用户根据自身的实际需求, 需要对某个应用程序进行优先处理, 且该应用程序需要使用不同于当前用户界面的另一用户界面进行 UI交互, 则可以手动发出界 面切换指令, 使得终端通过对用户界面的切换, 优先对相应的应用程序进行处理。  In this technical solution, if the user needs to prioritize an application according to actual needs of the user, and the application needs to perform UI interaction using another user interface different from the current user interface, the interface switching may be manually issued. The instruction causes the terminal to preferentially process the corresponding application by switching the user interface.
本领域内的技术人员应明白, 本发明的实施例可提供为方法、 系统、 或计算机程序产 品。 因此, 本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、 完全软件实施例、 或结合软件和硬件方面的实施 例的形式。 而且, 本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用 存储介质 (包括但不限于磁盘存储器、 CD-ROM、 光学存储器等) 上实施的计算机程序产品 的形式。  Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、 设备 (系统) 、 和计算机程序产品的流程图和 / 或方框图来描述的。 应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和 /或方框图中的每一流程和 /或 方框、 以及流程图和 /或方框图中的流程和 /或方框的结合。 可提供这些计算机程序指令到通 用计算机、 专用计算机、 嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机 器, 使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图 一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。  The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工 作的计算机可读存储器中, 使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制 造品, 该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定 的功能。  The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上, 使得在计算机或 其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理, 从而在计算机或其他可编 程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个 方框中指定的功能的步骤。  These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
以上结合附图详细说明了本发明的技术方案, 本发明提出了一种终端、 一种数据交互方 法和一种数据交互系统, 可以使终端内不同类型的数据, 采用不同的处理器进行处理, 并且 通过由第一处理器 (或第一处理单元) 对第二处理器 (或第二处理单元) 与限制类外部设备 之间的数据交互进行协助, 限制两者的直接交互, 避免第二处理器和限制类外部设备的交互 数据中存在应当由第一处理器进行处理的数据, 有效提升了终端的安全性。  The technical solution of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. The present invention provides a terminal, a data interaction method and a data interaction system, which can make different types of data in the terminal be processed by different processors. And assisting the data interaction between the second processor (or the second processing unit) and the restricted external device by the first processor (or the first processing unit), limiting the direct interaction between the two, avoiding the second processing The interaction data of the external device of the restriction class and the external device have data that should be processed by the first processor, which effectively improves the security of the terminal.
在本发明中, 术语"第一"、 "第二 "仅用于描述目的, 而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要 性。 术语"多个"指两个或两个以上, 除非另有明确的限定。  In the present invention, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying relative importance. The term "plurality" refers to two or more, unless specifically defined otherwise.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已, 并不用于限制本发明, 对于本领域的技术人员 来说, 本发明可以有各种更改和变化。 凡在本发明的精神和原则之内, 所作的任何修改、 等 同替换、 改进等, 均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。  The above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc., made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1. 一种终端, 其特征在于, 包括: A terminal, comprising:
第一处理器和第二处理器, 分别用于对所述终端内不同类型的数据进行处理; 限制类外部设备, 仅连接至所述第一处理器;  The first processor and the second processor are respectively configured to process different types of data in the terminal; the restricted external device is connected only to the first processor;
其中, 所述第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备通过所述第一处理器的协助实现交互过 程。  The second processor and the restricted external device implement an interaction process by using the assistance of the first processor.
2. 根据权利要求 1所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理器用于:  2. The terminal according to claim 1, wherein the first processor is configured to:
执行所述第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助实现所述第二处理 器和所述限制类外部设备之间的交互过程。  Performing data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device to assist in implementing an interaction process between the second processor and the restricted external device.
3. 根据权利要求 2所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理器还用于:  The terminal according to claim 2, wherein the first processor is further configured to:
接收所有来自所述限制类外部设备的数据, 直接处理对应于所述第一处理器的类型的数 据, 并将对应于所述第二处理器的类型的数据传输至所述第二处理器; 以及将接收到的来自 所述第二处理器的数据转发至所述限制类外部设备。  Receiving all data from the restricted type external device, directly processing data corresponding to the type of the first processor, and transmitting data corresponding to the type of the second processor to the second processor; And forwarding the received data from the second processor to the restricted external device.
4. 根据权利要求 1所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理器由第一外设接口实现与所 述限制类外部设备的连接和交互, 并由第一转发接口实现与所述第二处理器的连接, 则所述 第一处理器还用于:  The terminal according to claim 1, wherein the first processor implements connection and interaction with the restricted external device by using a first peripheral interface, and is implemented by the first forwarding interface. The second processor is connected, and the first processor is further configured to:
通过配置闭合所述第一转发接口与所述第一外设接口之间的连接, 或在所述第一转发接 口与所述第一外设接口之间配置建立 DMA 传输通道, 以协助实现所述第二处理器与所述限 制类外部设备的连接和交互。  Configuring to close a connection between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface, or configuring a DMA transmission channel between the first forwarding interface and the first peripheral interface to assist in implementing The connection and interaction between the second processor and the restricted external device.
5. 根据权利要求 4所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理器还用于:  The terminal according to claim 4, wherein the first processor is further configured to:
在所述第二处理器与所述限制类外部设备未处于连接状态时, 接收所有来自所述限制类 外部设备的数据, 直接处理对应于所述第一处理器的类型的数据, 并将对应于所述第二处理 器的类型的数据通过所述第一转发接口传输至所述第二处理器。  Receiving, when the second processor and the restricted external device are not in a connected state, receiving all data from the restricted external device, directly processing data corresponding to a type of the first processor, and correspondingly Data of a type of the second processor is transmitted to the second processor through the first forwarding interface.
6. 根据权利要求 1所述的终端, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The terminal according to claim 1, further comprising:
第一存储器, 仅连接至所述第一处理器, 用于对所述第一处理器处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储器中还存储有桌面启动器;  a first memory, connected only to the first processor, configured to store data processed by the first processor, and a desktop initiator is further stored in the first memory;
第二存储器, 仅连接至所述第二处理器, 用于对所述第二处理器处理的数据进行存储; 其中, 所述第二处理器通过所述第一处理器实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  a second memory, connected to the second processor, for storing data processed by the second processor; wherein, the second processor is configured to start the desktop by using the first processor Call of the device.
7. 根据权利要求 6所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器 被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面;  The terminal according to claim 6, wherein the external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked;
其中, 所述第二处理器还用于: 通过所述第一处理器实现与所述显示界面的交互。  The second processor is further configured to: implement interaction with the display interface by using the first processor.
8. 根据权利要求 7所述的终端, 其特征在于,  8. The terminal according to claim 7, wherein:
所述第二处理器还用于: 在接收到对待安装应用程序的安装指令时, 将所述待安装应用 程序安装至所述第二存储器, 并向所述第一处理器发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动 器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理器传输至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画面 显示在所述显示界面上;  The second processor is further configured to: when the installation instruction of the application to be installed is received, install the to-be-installed application to the second memory, and send an application installation request to the first processor Calling the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processor, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface;
所述第一处理器还用于: 从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信息 或接收所述第二处理器发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储器, 以 用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。  The first processor is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receive the configuration information sent by the second processor, and store the configuration information To the first memory for display on the display interface.
9. 根据权利要求 8所述的终端, 其特征在于,  9. The terminal of claim 8 wherein:
所述第一处理器还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位 置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则向所述第二处理器发送应用启动指 令; 所述第二处理器还用于: 根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示 数据通过所述第一处理器传输至相应的外部设备进行显示。 The first processor is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, and if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second memory, proceed to the second processing Send an application start command; The second processor is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and transmit the display data to the corresponding external device for display by using the first processor.
10. 根据权利要求 1所述的终端, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The terminal according to claim 1, further comprising:
第一存储器, 仅连接至所述第一处理器, 用于对所述第一处理器处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储器中还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统;  The first memory is only connected to the first processor, and is configured to store data processed by the first processor, and the first memory further stores a first desktop initiator or a first operating system;
第二存储器, 仅连接至所述第二处理器, 用于对所述第二处理器处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储器中还存储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统;  a second memory, connected only to the second processor, for storing data processed by the second processor, and storing, in the second memory, a second desktop launcher or a second operating system;
其中, 所述第一处理器通过运行所述第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第 一用户界面, 执行用户界面交互;  The first processor performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop launcher or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system;
所述第二处理器通过运行所述第二桌面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户 界面, 执行用户界面交互。  The second processor performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop launcher or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
1 1. 根据权利要求 10所述的终端, 其特征在于,  1 1. The terminal according to claim 10, wherein:
所述第一处理器还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为 所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用户界面, 则向所述第二处理器发送中 断指令, 使所述第二处理器将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行 所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处理器还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 以及  The first processor is further configured to: when the user interface needs to be performed, detect a currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface, directly perform an interaction, if the second user interface, The second processor sends an interrupt instruction, causing the second processor to shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system The second processor is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
所述第二处理器还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为 所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理器发送中 断指令, 使所述第一处理器将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行 所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。  The second processor is further configured to: when the user interface needs to be interacted, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the first user interface, The first processor sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processor to shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system The first processor is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
12. 根据权利要求 1 1所述的终端, 其特征在于,  12. The terminal according to claim 11, wherein
所述第一处理器还用于: 在通过所述第一用户界面与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收 到来自所述第二处理器的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第二处理器希望通过所述第二用 户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的 情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序 的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及  The first processor is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processor when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the second The processor hopes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. The interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理器还用于: 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收 到来自所述第一处理器的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理器希望通过所述第一用 户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用程序的 情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序 的情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processor is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processor when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the first The processor hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In the case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
13. 根据权利要求 12所述的终端, 其特征在于,  13. The terminal of claim 12, wherein:
所述第二处理器还用于: 若所述第一处理器在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二 应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第一处理器发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理器继续通过所述第一用户界面与所述第 一应用程序进行交互; 以及  The second processor is further configured to: if the first processor interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, sending a resume instruction to the first processor to cause the first processor to continue interacting with the first application through the first user interface;
所述第一处理器还用于: 若所述第二处理器在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四 应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向所述第二处理器发送恢复指令, 使所述第二处理器继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第 三应用程序进行交互。  The first processor is further configured to: if the second processor interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After the interaction with the fourth application is completed, a resume instruction is further sent to the second processor, so that the second processor continues to interact with the third application through the second user interface.
14. 根据权利要求 10所述的终端, 其特征在于,  14. The terminal of claim 10, wherein:
所述第一处理器还用于: 根据所述第一用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌 面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处理器还用于: 根据所述第一用户界面 接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 以及 The first processor is further configured to: display the first table according to an interface switching command received by the first user interface The second processor is further configured to: run the second desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface Second operating system;
所述第二处理器还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第二桌 面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理器还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面 接收到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  The second processor is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; And the method is: running the first desktop initiator or the first operating system according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface.
15. 一种数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 包括:  A data interaction method, comprising:
由第一处理单元和第二处理单元分别对终端内不同类型的数据进行处理;  Processing, by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, different types of data in the terminal;
其中, 所述第一处理单元直接与所述终端内的限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所 述第二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互。  The first processing unit directly performs data interaction with the restricted external device in the terminal, and assists the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
16. 根据权利要求 15所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理单元协助所述第 二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互的过程包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 15, wherein the process of the first processing unit assisting the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device comprises:
所述第一处理单元执行所述第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备之间的数据转发。  The first processing unit performs data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device.
17. 根据权利要求 15所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 15, further comprising:
由第一存储单元和第二存储单元分别对所述第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元处理的数 据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元 仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作;  Data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit are respectively stored by the first storage unit and the second storage unit, and the first processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, The second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit;
其中, 所述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处 理单元实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  The desktop storage device is further stored in the first storage unit, and the second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by using the first processing unit.
18. 根据权利要求 17所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 17, further comprising:
所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面;  The external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked;
其中, 所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述显示界面的交互。  The second processing unit implements interaction with the display interface by using the first processing unit.
19. 根据权利要求 18所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 18, further comprising:
所述第二处理单元根据接收到的对待安装应用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装应用程序 安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌面启动 器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的安装画 面显示在所述显示界面上;  The second processing unit installs the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and sends an application installation request to the first processing unit to invoke the a desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface;
其中, 所述第一处理单元还从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的配置信 息或接收所述第二处理单元发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一存储单 元, 以用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。  The first processing unit further parses the configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request or receives the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and stores the configuration information to The first storage unit is configured to display on the display interface.
20. 根据权利要求 19所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 19, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元根据检测到的应用启动操作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位置, 若所 述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则向所述第二处理单元发送应用启动指令; 其中, 所述第二处理单元根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示 数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备进行显示。  Determining, by the first processing unit, an installation location of the application to be launched according to the detected application startup operation, and sending an application startup to the second processing unit if the application to be launched is installed in the second memory And the second processing unit starts the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and transmits the display data to the corresponding external device for display by using the first processing unit.
21. 根据权利要求 15所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 15, further comprising:
由第一存储单元对所述第一处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中还存 储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统;  And storing, by the first storage unit, data processed by the first processing unit, and storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop initiator or a first operating system;
由第二存储单元对所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元中还存 储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统;  And storing, by the second storage unit, data processed by the second processing unit, and storing, in the second storage unit, a second desktop initiator or a second operating system;
其中, 所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第一桌 面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执行用户界面交互;  The first processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the first desktop initiator or the first user interface displayed after the first operating system. ;
所述第二处理单元仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第二桌面启动 器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  The second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit, and performs user interface interaction by running the second desktop initiator or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system.
22. 根据权利要求 21所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第 一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元发送中断指 令, 使所述第二处理单元将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所 述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 以及 The data interaction method according to claim 21, further comprising: The first processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, directly performs the interaction, and if the second user interface is the second user interface, the second The processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system; The second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
所述第二处理单元在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若为所述第 二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理单元发送中断指 令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所 述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述中断指 令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。  The second processing unit detects the currently displayed user interface when the user interface interaction is required, and if the second user interface is the second user interface, directly performs the interaction, and if the first user interface is the first user interface, the first The processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system; A processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
23. 根据权利要求 22所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 22, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元在通过所述第一用户界面与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自 所述第二处理器的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第二处理单元希望通过所述第二用户界 面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程序的情况 下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序的情 况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及  The first processing unit, when interacting with the first application by the first user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processor, the interrupt instruction indicates that the second processing unit wishes to pass The second user interface interacts with the second application, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application, the interaction continues to be performed until the interaction is completed, in the first application. Executing the interrupt instruction if the priority of the program is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接收到来自 所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过所述第一用户 界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用程序的情 况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序的 情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit, when interacting with the third application by the second user interface, if receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit, the interrupt instruction indicates that the first processing unit wishes to pass The first user interface interacts with the fourth application, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, the interaction is continued until the interaction is completed, in the third application. The interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the program is lower than the fourth application.
24. 根据权利要求 23所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 23, further comprising:
若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用程序时, 中断与所 述第一应用程序的交互, 则所述第二处理单元在完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之后, 还向 所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理单元继续通过所述第一用户界面与所述第 一应用程序进行交互; 以及  If the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, the second processing unit is finished with the After the interaction of the second application, the recovery instruction is further sent to the first processing unit, so that the first processing unit continues to interact with the first application through the first user interface;
若所述第二处理单元在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应用程序时, 中断与所 述第三应用程序的交互, 则所述第一处理单元在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之后, 还向 所述第二处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第二处理单元继续通过所述第二用户界面与所述第 三应用程序进行交互。  If the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the first processing unit is completing and After the interaction of the fourth application, the recovery instruction is further sent to the second processing unit, so that the second processing unit continues to interact with the third application through the second user interface.
25. 根据权利要求 21所述的数据交互方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction method according to claim 21, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一桌面启动 器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收到的所述 界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 以及  The first processing unit closes or puts the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; the second processing unit is configured according to the first The interface switching command received by the user interface, running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system;
所述第二处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第二桌面启动 器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接收到的所述 界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  The second processing unit turns off or puts the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; the first processing unit is according to the second The interface switching command received by the user interface runs the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
26. 一种数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 包括:  26. A data interaction system, comprising:
第一处理单元和第二处理单元, 分别对终端内不同类型的数据进行处理;  The first processing unit and the second processing unit respectively process different types of data in the terminal;
其中, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 直接与所述终端内的限制类外部设备进行数据交互, 并协助所述第二处理单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互。  The first processing unit is further configured to: directly perform data interaction with a restricted external device in the terminal, and assist the second processing unit to implement data interaction with the restricted external device.
27. 根据权利要求 26所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 所述第一处理单元用于: 通过执行所述第二处理器和所述限制类外部设备之间的数据转发, 以协助所述第二处理 单元实现与所述限制类外部设备的数据交互。 The data interaction system according to claim 26, wherein the first processing unit is configured to: assist in performing data forwarding between the second processor and the restricted external device The second processing unit implements data interaction with the restricted external device.
28. 根据权利要求 26所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括: 28. The data interaction system of claim 26, further comprising:
第一存储单元和第二存储单元, 分别对所述第一处理单元和所述第二处理单元处理的数 据进行存储, 且所述第一处理单元仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 所述第二处理单元 仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作;  The first storage unit and the second storage unit respectively store data processed by the first processing unit and the second processing unit, and the first processing unit performs direct operation only on the first storage unit, The second processing unit performs direct operation only on the second storage unit;
其中, 所述第一存储单元中还存储有桌面启动器, 且所述第二处理单元通过所述第一处 理单元实现对所述桌面启动器的调用。  The desktop storage device is further stored in the first storage unit, and the second processing unit implements a call to the desktop launcher by using the first processing unit.
29. 根据权利要求 28所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于,  29. The data interaction system of claim 28, wherein
所述终端内的外部设备在所述桌面启动器被调用时, 形成相应的显示界面; 以及 所述第二处理单元还用于: 通过所述第一处理单元实现与所述显示界面的交互。  The external device in the terminal forms a corresponding display interface when the desktop launcher is invoked; and the second processing unit is further configured to: implement interaction with the display interface by using the first processing unit.
30. 根据权利要求 29所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于,  30. The data interaction system of claim 29, wherein
所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的对待安装应用程序的安装指令, 将所述待安装 应用程序安装至所述第二存储单元, 并向所述第一处理单元发送应用安装请求以调用所述桌 面启动器, 且将安装显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备, 从而将相应的 安装画面显示在所述显示界面上;  The second processing unit is further configured to: install the to-be-installed application to the second storage unit according to the received installation instruction of the application to be installed, and send an application installation request to the first processing unit Invoking the desktop launcher, and transmitting the installation display data to the corresponding external device through the first processing unit, thereby displaying a corresponding installation screen on the display interface;
其中, 所述第一处理单元还用于: 从所述应用安装请求中解析出所述待安装应用程序的 配置信息或接收所述第二处理单元发送的所述配置信息, 并将所述配置信息存储至所述第一 存储单元, 以用于在所述显示界面上进行显示。  The first processing unit is further configured to: parse configuration information of the to-be-installed application from the application installation request, or receive the configuration information sent by the second processing unit, and configure the configuration Information is stored to the first storage unit for display on the display interface.
31. 根据权利要求 30所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于,  31. The data interaction system of claim 30, wherein:
所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据检测到的应用启动操作, 确定待启动应用程序的安装位 置, 若所述待启动应用程序被安装在所述第二存储器, 则向所述第二处理单元发送应用启动 指令;  The first processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the detected application startup operation, an installation location of the application to be started, and if the to-be-launched application is installed in the second memory, proceed to the second processing The unit sends an application start instruction;
其中, 所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据所述应用启动指令, 启动所述待启动应用程序, 并将显示数据通过所述第一处理单元传输至相应的外部设备进行显示。  The second processing unit is further configured to: start the to-be-launched application according to the application startup instruction, and transmit the display data to the corresponding external device for display by using the first processing unit.
32. 根据权利要求 26所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction system according to claim 26, further comprising:
第一存储单元, 用于对所述第一处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第一存储单元中 还存储有第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统;  a first storage unit, configured to store data processed by the first processing unit, and further storing, in the first storage unit, a first desktop launcher or a first operating system;
第二存储单元, 用于对所述第二处理单元处理的数据进行存储, 且所述第二存储单元中 还存储有第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统;  a second storage unit, configured to store data processed by the second processing unit, and further stored in the second storage unit with a second desktop initiator or a second operating system;
其中, 所述第一处理单元用于: 仅对所述第一存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述 第一桌面启动器或所述第一操作系统后显示出的第一用户界面, 执行用户界面交互;  The first processing unit is configured to perform direct operation only on the first storage unit, and execute the first user interface that is displayed after running the first desktop initiator or the first operating system. User interface interaction;
所述第二处理单元用于: 仅对所述第二存储单元进行直接操作, 并通过运行所述第二桌 面启动器或所述第二操作系统后显示出的第二用户界面, 执行用户界面交互。  The second processing unit is configured to: perform a direct operation only on the second storage unit, and execute a user interface by running the second desktop initiator or the second user interface displayed after the second operating system Interaction.
33. 根据权利要求 32所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括:  33. The data interaction system of claim 32, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若 为所述第一用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第二用户界面, 则向所述第二处理单元发 送中断指令, 使所述第二处理单元将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统; 所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述 中断指令, 将所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 以及  The first processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface needs to be interacted, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the first user interface, directly perform the interaction, if the second user interface, The second processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the second processing unit to close or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background, and run the first desktop launcher or the first operating system The second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 在需要进行用户界面交互时, 检测当前显示的用户界面, 若 为所述第二用户界面, 则直接执行交互, 若为所述第一用户界面, 则向所述第一处理单元发 送中断指令, 使所述第一处理单元将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台, 并运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据接收到的所述 中断指令, 将所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台。  The second processing unit is further configured to: when the user interface interaction is required, detect the currently displayed user interface, if the second user interface is, perform the interaction directly, if the first user interface, The first processing unit sends an interrupt instruction, causing the first processing unit to close or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background, and run the second desktop launcher or the second operating system The first processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the received interrupt instruction.
34. 根据权利要求 33所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述第一处理单元还用于: 在通过所述第一用户界面与第一应用程序进行交互时, 若接 收到来自所述第二处理器的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第二处理单元希望通过所述第 二用户界面与第二应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第一应用程序的优先级高于所述第二应用程 序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述第二应用 程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令; 以及 The data interaction system according to claim 33, further comprising: The first processing unit is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the second processor when interacting with the first application by using the first user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the second The processing unit hopes to interact with the second application through the second user interface, and if the priority of the first application is higher than the second application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. The interrupt instruction is executed when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 在通过所述第二用户界面与第三应用程序进行交互时, 若接 收到来自所述第一处理单元的中断指令, 所述中断指令表示所述第一处理单元希望通过所述 第一用户界面与第四应用程序进行交互, 则在所述第三应用程序的优先级高于所述第四应用 程序的情况下, 继续执行交互直至完成交互, 在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述第四应 用程序的情况下, 执行所述中断指令。  The second processing unit is further configured to: when receiving an interrupt instruction from the first processing unit when interacting with the third application by using the second user interface, the interrupt instruction indicates the first The processing unit hopes to interact with the fourth application through the first user interface, and if the priority of the third application is higher than the fourth application, continue to perform the interaction until the interaction is completed. In the case where the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, the interrupt instruction is executed.
35. 根据权利要求 34所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction system according to claim 34, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元还用于: 若所述第二处理单元在所述第三应用程序的优先级低于所述 第四应用程序时, 中断与所述第三应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第四应用程序的交互之 后, 还向所述第二处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第二处理单元继续通过所述第二用户界面 与所述第三应用程序进行交互; 以及  The first processing unit is further configured to: if the second processing unit interrupts interaction with the third application when the priority of the third application is lower than the fourth application, After completing the interaction with the fourth application, sending a resume instruction to the second processing unit, causing the second processing unit to continue interacting with the third application through the second user interface;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 若所述第一处理单元在所述第一应用程序的优先级低于所述 第二应用程序时, 中断与所述第一应用程序的交互, 则在完成与所述第二应用程序的交互之 后, 还向所述第一处理单元发送恢复指令, 使所述第一处理单元继续通过所述第一用户界面 与所述第一应用程序进行交互。  The second processing unit is further configured to: if the first processing unit interrupts interaction with the first application when the priority of the first application is lower than the second application, After completing the interaction with the second application, a resume instruction is further sent to the first processing unit to cause the first processing unit to continue to interact with the first application through the first user interface.
36. 根据权利要求 32所述的数据交互系统, 其特征在于, 还包括:  The data interaction system according to claim 32, further comprising:
所述第一处理单元还用于: 根据所述第一用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第一 桌面启动器或第一操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第二处理单元根据所述第一用户界面接收 到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第二桌面启动器或第二操作系统; 以及  The first processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the first desktop launcher or the first operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the first user interface; The interface switching command received by the first user interface, running the second desktop launcher or the second operating system;
所述第二处理单元还用于: 根据所述第二用户界面接收到的界面切换命令, 将所述第二 桌面启动器或第二操作系统关闭或放至后台; 所述第一处理单元根据所述第二用户界面接收 到的所述界面切换命令, 运行所述第一桌面启动器或第一操作系统。  The second processing unit is further configured to: shut down or put the second desktop launcher or the second operating system into the background according to the interface switching command received by the second user interface; The interface switching command received by the second user interface runs the first desktop launcher or the first operating system.
PCT/CN2013/084354 2013-07-30 2013-09-26 Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system WO2015014014A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310325775.1 2013-07-30
CN201310325772.8 2013-07-30
CN201310325541.7A CN103390142B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310325772.8A CN103400080B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN2013103257662A CN103400085A (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 Terminal
CN201310325541.7 2013-07-30
CN201310326704.3A CN103400081B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 Terminal and the display control method of user interface
CN201310325775.1A CN103390136B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310326660.4 2013-07-30
CN201310326703.9 2013-07-30
CN201310325797.8 2013-07-30
CN201310325797.8A CN103390137B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310326703.9A CN103390138B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310325579.4 2013-07-30
CN201310325766.2 2013-07-30
CN201310325657.0 2013-07-30
CN201310325579.4A CN103400084B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310326660.4A CN103400086B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal
CN201310326704.3 2013-07-30
CN201310325657.0A CN103400088B (en) 2013-07-30 2013-07-30 A kind of terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015014014A1 true WO2015014014A1 (en) 2015-02-05

Family

ID=52430916

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/084354 WO2015014014A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2013-09-26 Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2015014014A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101430671A (en) * 2008-11-07 2009-05-13 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Mobile terminal peripherals coexisting apparatus
CN101553051A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-07 富士通株式会社 Portable device and information management method
CN101697149A (en) * 2009-10-27 2010-04-21 深圳华为通信技术有限公司 Multiprocessor equipment and external communication method and system thereof
CN101997960A (en) * 2009-08-14 2011-03-30 黄金富 High-safety two-operating system mobile phone capable of resisting hackers and being used for Internet banking
CN102986199A (en) * 2010-06-29 2013-03-20 杉中顺子 Mobile communication terminal, method for activating same, and network communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101553051A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-07 富士通株式会社 Portable device and information management method
CN101430671A (en) * 2008-11-07 2009-05-13 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Mobile terminal peripherals coexisting apparatus
CN101997960A (en) * 2009-08-14 2011-03-30 黄金富 High-safety two-operating system mobile phone capable of resisting hackers and being used for Internet banking
CN101697149A (en) * 2009-10-27 2010-04-21 深圳华为通信技术有限公司 Multiprocessor equipment and external communication method and system thereof
CN102986199A (en) * 2010-06-29 2013-03-20 杉中顺子 Mobile communication terminal, method for activating same, and network communication system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6257778B2 (en) Method and computer device for affinity binding of interrupts in a virtual network interface card
EP2862065B1 (en) Intermediary virtual machine task management
KR101702729B1 (en) System and method for switching between environments in a multi-environment operating system
EP3176980B1 (en) Unified server communication method, baseboard management controller and server
WO2018072713A1 (en) Communication system and electronic device
WO2018072715A1 (en) Communication system and electronic device
WO2023284699A1 (en) Protocol stack data transmission method based on linux system, and computer device and storage medium
WO2018072714A1 (en) Multichannel communication system and electronic device
US20140032810A1 (en) Application sharing in multi host computing systems
JP2006072591A (en) Virtual computer control method
WO2016101587A1 (en) Link aggregation method and system for virtualization server, and intelligent network adapter thereof
KR101996896B1 (en) Method for sharing resource using a virtual device driver and electronic device thereof
WO2017016070A1 (en) Sharing method, sharing apparatus and sharing system for virtual sim card
WO2014194793A1 (en) Method for using shared device in apparatus capable of operating two operating systems
US8959534B2 (en) Enabling legacy applications to achieve end-to-end communication with corresponding legacy device services
JP6336602B2 (en) Packet flow control method, related apparatus, and computing node
CN103400081A (en) Terminal and display control method of user interface
EP3224714A1 (en) Embedded system enabling on-line collaborative migration of software execution environments
CN109165182B (en) Communication method and device
US9882737B2 (en) Network system
WO2014206172A1 (en) Switching between untrusted environment and trusted environment in mobile device
WO2016115833A1 (en) Data processing apparatus and data processing method
WO2015014014A1 (en) Terminal, data interaction method and data interaction system
JP5102528B2 (en) Information processing apparatus and control method
US9535874B2 (en) Host embedded controller interface bridge

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13890430

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13890430

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1